KEYCORP /NEW/ (KEY)
SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6021 National Commercial Banks
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=91576. Latest filing source: 0001628280-26-010546.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 7,513,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-23 |
| Net income | 1,829,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-23 |
| Assets | 184,381,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-23 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-23. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000091576.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 5,024,000,000 | 6,308,000,000 | 6,455,000,000 | 6,400,000,000 | 6,715,000,000 | 7,292,000,000 | 7,272,000,000 | 6,413,000,000 | 4,619,000,000 | 7,513,000,000 |
| Net income | 791,000,000 | 1,296,000,000 | 1,866,000,000 | 1,717,000,000 | 1,343,000,000 | 2,625,000,000 | 1,917,000,000 | 967,000,000 | -161,000,000 | 1,829,000,000 |
| Diluted EPS | 0.80 | 1.13 | 1.71 | 1.62 | 1.27 | 2.63 | 1.93 | 0.88 | -0.32 | 1.52 |
| Operating cash flow | 1,689,000,000 | 1,815,000,000 | 2,506,000,000 | 2,906,000,000 | 1,673,000,000 | 1,153,000,000 | 4,469,000,000 | 2,903,000,000 | 664,000,000 | 2,208,000,000 |
| Capital expenditures | 145,000,000 | 112,000,000 | 99,000,000 | 85,000,000 | 63,000,000 | 66,000,000 | 96,000,000 | 142,000,000 | 65,000,000 | 107,000,000 |
| Dividends paid | 335,000,000 | 480,000,000 | 656,000,000 | 804,000,000 | 829,000,000 | 823,000,000 | 854,000,000 | 911,000,000 | 927,000,000 | 1,054,000,000 |
| Assets | 136,453,000,000 | 137,698,000,000 | 139,613,000,000 | 144,988,000,000 | 170,336,000,000 | 186,346,000,000 | 189,813,000,000 | 188,281,000,000 | 187,168,000,000 | 184,381,000,000 |
| Liabilities | 121,213,000,000 | 122,673,000,000 | 124,017,000,000 | 127,950,000,000 | 152,355,000,000 | 168,923,000,000 | 176,359,000,000 | 173,644,000,000 | 168,992,000,000 | 164,000,000,000 |
| Stockholders' equity | 15,240,000,000 | 15,023,000,000 | 15,595,000,000 | 17,038,000,000 | 17,981,000,000 | 17,423,000,000 | 13,454,000,000 | 14,637,000,000 | 18,176,000,000 | 20,381,000,000 |
| Free cash flow | 1,544,000,000 | 1,703,000,000 | 2,407,000,000 | 2,821,000,000 | 1,610,000,000 | 1,087,000,000 | 4,373,000,000 | 2,761,000,000 | 599,000,000 | 2,101,000,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net margin | 15.74% | 20.55% | 28.91% | 26.83% | 20.00% | 36.00% | 26.36% | 15.08% | -3.49% | 24.34% |
| Return on equity | 5.19% | 8.63% | 11.97% | 10.08% | 7.47% | 15.07% | 14.25% | 6.61% | -0.89% | 8.97% |
| Return on assets | 0.58% | 0.94% | 1.34% | 1.18% | 0.79% | 1.41% | 1.01% | 0.51% | -0.09% | 0.99% |
| Liabilities / equity | 7.95 | 8.17 | 7.95 | 7.51 | 8.47 | 9.70 | 13.11 | 11.86 | 9.30 | 8.05 |
Financial Charts
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-05. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000091576.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022-Q2 | 2022-06-30 | 0.54 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2022-Q3 | 2022-09-30 | 0.55 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q1 | 2023-03-31 | 0.30 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q2 | 2023-06-30 | 1,595,000,000 | 287,000,000 | 0.27 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q3 | 2023-09-30 | 1,566,000,000 | 303,000,000 | 0.29 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q4 | 2023-12-31 | 1,538,000,000 | 65,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2024-Q1 | 2024-03-31 | 1,533,000,000 | 219,000,000 | 0.20 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2024-06-30 | 1,526,000,000 | 274,000,000 | 0.25 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q3 | 2024-09-30 | 695,000,000 | -410,000,000 | -0.47 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q4 | 2024-12-31 | 865,000,000 | -244,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q1 | 2025-03-31 | 1,773,000,000 | 405,000,000 | 0.33 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q2 | 2025-06-30 | 1,840,000,000 | 425,000,000 | 0.35 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q3 | 2025-09-30 | 1,895,000,000 | 489,000,000 | 0.41 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q4 | 2025-12-31 | 2,005,000,000 | 510,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2026-Q1 | 2026-03-31 | 1,953,000,000 | 522,000,000 | 0.44 | reported discrete quarter |
Quarterly Charts
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0001628280-26-030507.
Item 2. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations
Introduction
This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents.
References to our “2025 Form 10-K” refer to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, which has been filed with the SEC and is available on its website (www.sec.gov) and on our website (www.key.com/ir).
Terminology
Throughout this discussion, references to “Key,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and similar terms refer to the consolidated entity consisting of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries. “KeyCorp” refers solely to the parent holding company, and “KeyBank” refers solely to KeyCorp’s subsidiary bank, KeyBank National Association. “KeyBank (consolidated)” refers to the consolidated entity consisting of KeyBank and its subsidiaries.
We want to explain some industry-specific terms at the outset so you can better understand the discussion that follows.
•We use the phrase continuing operations in this document to mean all of our businesses other than our government-guaranteed and private education lending business, which are accounted for as discontinued operations.
•We engage in capital markets activities primarily through business conducted by our Commercial Bank segment. These activities encompass a variety of products and services. Among other things, we trade securities as a dealer, enter into derivative contracts (both to accommodate clients’ financing needs and to mitigate certain risks), and conduct transactions in foreign currencies (to accommodate clients’ needs).
•For regulatory purposes, capital is divided into two classes. Federal regulations currently prescribe that at least one-half of a bank or BHC’s total risk-based capital must qualify as Tier 1 capital. Both total and Tier 1 capital serve as bases for several measures of capital adequacy, which is an important indicator of financial stability and condition. Banking regulators evaluate a component of Tier 1 capital, known as Common Equity Tier 1, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. The “Capital” section of this report under the heading “Capital adequacy” provides more information on total capital, Tier 1 capital, and the Regulatory Capital Rules, including Common Equity Tier 1, and describes how these measures are calculated.
4
Table of contents
The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used in the Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations as well as in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited). You may find it helpful to refer back to this page as you read this report.
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| ABO: Accumulated benefit obligation.ALCO: Asset/Liability Management Committee.ALLL: Allowance for loan and lease losses.A/LM: Asset/liability management.AML: Anti-money laundering.AOCI: Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).ASC: Accounting Standards Codification.ASU: Accounting Standards Update.ATMs: Automated teller machines.BSA: Bank Secrecy Act.BHCA: Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.BHCs: Bank holding companies.Board: KeyCorp Board of Directors.CAPM: Capital Asset Pricing Model.CCAR: Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.CECL: Current Expected Credit Losses.CFPB: Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, also known as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.CFTC: Commodities Futures Trading Commission.CMBS: Commercial mortgage-backed securities.CMO: Collateralized mortgage obligation.Common Shares: KeyCorp common shares, $1 par value.DCF: Discounted cash flow.DIF: Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.Dodd-Frank Act: Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform andConsumer Protection Act of 2010.EAD: Exposure at default.EBITDA: Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, andamortization.EPS: Earnings per share.ERBA: Expanded risk-based approach.ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.ERM: Enterprise risk management.EVE: Economic value of equity.FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board.FDIA: Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.Federal Reserve: Board of Governors of the Federal ReserveSystem.FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati.FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation.FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association.FSOC: Financial Stability Oversight Council.FTP: Funds transfer pricing. | FVA: Fair value of employee benefit plan assets.GAAP: U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association.IDI: Insured depository institution.IRS: Internal Revenue Service.ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association.KBCM: KeyBanc Capital Markets, Inc.KCC: Key Capital Corporation.KCDC: Key Community Development Corporation.KCIC: Key Community Investment Capital LLC.LCR: Liquidity coverage ratio.LGD: Loss given default.LIHTC: Low-income housing tax credit.LTV: Loan-to-value.Moody’s: Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.MTRM: Market & Treasury Risk Management.N/A: Not applicable.NAV: Net asset value.NFA: National Futures Association.N/M: Not meaningful.NMTC: New market tax credit.NYSE: New York Stock Exchange.OBBBA: One Big Beautiful Bill Act.OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.OCI: Other comprehensive income (loss).OREO: Other real estate owned.PBO: Projected benefit obligation.PCCR: Purchased credit card relationship.PCD: Purchased credit deteriorated.PD: Probability of default.RMBS: Residential mortgage-backed securities.S&P: Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.SEC: U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission.Scotiabank: The Bank of Nova ScotiaSIFIs: Systemically important financial institutions, including large, interconnected BHCs and nonbank financial companies designated by FSOC for supervision by the Federal Reserve.SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing Rate.TE: Taxable-equivalent.TROC: Treasury Risk Oversight Committee.U.S. Treasury: United States Department of the Treasury.VaR: Value at risk.VEBA: Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association.VIE: Variable interest entity. |
Forward-looking Statements
From time to time, we have made or will make forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements usually can be identified by the use of words such as “goal,” “objective,” “plan,” “expect,” “assume,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “project,” “believe,” “estimate,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. Our disclosures in this report contain forward-looking statements. We may also make forward-looking statements in other documents filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, we may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others.
Forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. Our actual results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. There is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete. In addition, no assurance can be given that any plan, initiative, projection, goal, commitment, expectation, or prospect set forth in this report can or will be achieved. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those described in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
5
Table of contents
•the extensive regulation of the U.S. financial services industry;
•complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding privacy and cybersecurity;
•operational or risk management failures by us or critical third parties;
•breaches of security or failures of our technology systems due to technological or other factors and cybersecurity threats;
•an ineffective risk management framework;
•negative outcomes from claims, litigation, arbitration, investigations, or governmental proceedings;
•failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures;
•our exposure to a wide range of climate-related physical risks across different geographical areas;
•evolving capital and liquidity standards under applicable regulatory rules;
•disruption of the U.S. and global financial system and markets, including the impact of inflation, tariffs or other trade policies, political instability, a prolonged shutdown of the U.S. government, a potential global economic downturn or recession, and extended military conflicts;
•unanticipated changes in our liquidity position, including but not limited to, changes in our access to or the cost of funding and our ability to secure alternative funding sources;
•our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries, including KeyBank;
•downgrades in our credit ratings or those of KeyBank;
•a worsening of the U.S. economy due to financial, political or other shocks;
•our ability to anticipate interest rate changes and manage interest rate risk;
•deterioration of economic conditions in the geographic regions where we operate;
•the soundness of other financial institutions, including instability in the financial industry;
•our concentrated credit exposure in commercial and industrial loans;
•deterioration of commercial real estate market fundamentals;
•defaults by our loan clients or counterparties;
•adverse changes in credit quality trends;
•declining asset prices;
•deterioration of asset quality and an increase in credit losses;
•geopolitical destabilization, including ongoing military conflicts;
•labor shortages, increases in unemployment rates, and supply chain constraints;
•our ability to develop and effectively use the quantitative models we rely upon in our business planning;
•our ability to timely and effectively implement our strategic initiatives;
•damage to our reputation;
•increased competitive pressure;
•our ability to adapt our products and services to industry standards and consumer preferences;
•our ability to attract and retain talented executives and employees;
•unanticipated adverse effects of strategic partnerships or acquisitions and dispositions of assets or businesses;
•the potential impact of Scotiabank’s significant equity interest in our business;
•inaccurate assumptions or estimates underlying our consolidated financial statements;
•changes in accounting policies, standards, and interpretations; and
•impairment of goodwill.
Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of subsequent events or circumstances, except as required by applicable securities laws. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider all risks and uncertainties disclosed in our 2025 Form 10-K, in Part II, Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this report, and in any subsequent reports filed with the SEC by Key, as well as our registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, all of which are or will upon filing be accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on our website at www.key.com/ir.
6
Table of contents
Executive Overview
Key reported $486 million in net income from continuing
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page Number | |
|---|---|
| Introduction | 51 |
| Corporate strategy | 51 |
| Executive overview | 52 |
| Results of Operations | 53 |
| Earnings overview | 53 |
| Net interest income | 53 |
| Provision for credit losses | 56 |
| Noninterest income | 56 |
| Noninterest expense | 58 |
| Income taxes | 59 |
| Business Segment Results | 59 |
| Consumer Bank | 59 |
| Commercial Bank | 60 |
| Financial Condition | 62 |
| Loans and loans held for sale | 62 |
| Securities | 68 |
| Deposits and other sources of funds | 70 |
| Capital | 71 |
| Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations | 73 |
| Off-balance sheet arrangements | 73 |
| Guarantees | 74 |
| Risk Management | 74 |
| Overview | 74 |
| Market risk management | 76 |
| Liquidity risk management | 82 |
| Credit risk management | 85 |
| Operational and compliance risk management | 89 |
| GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations | 90 |
| Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates | 91 |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | 92 |
| Valuation methodologies | 93 |
| Accounting and reporting developments | 96 |
50
Table of contents
Introduction
This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2025 and 2024. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2023 and a comparison between the 2023 and 2024 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2024 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 21, 2025, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.
Corporate strategy
We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined with respect to capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our high-performing and talented workforce and fostering a culture that is fair and inclusive for all. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.
•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.
•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful positive impact for our clients.
•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.
•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital position remains strong, and we are well-positioned relative to our capital priorities.
•Engage a high-performing and talented workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing and talented workforce to create an environment where everyone can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.
51
Table of contents
Executive overview
Our results for 2025 saw us meet or exceed all of our financial targets communicated at the beginning of the year. We delivered full year record revenue with both net interest income and fee revenue growing greater than projected. As a result, we generated significant positive operating leverage. At December 31, 2025, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 11.78% and 13.46%, respectively. We are well positioned as we enter 2026.
In addition to the items described above, the following actions and results during 2025 also supported our overall corporate strategy.
•We added nearly 10% to our frontline banker staff across wealth management, commercial payments, middle market, and investment banking.
•We invested an additional $100 million in technology focused on customer-facing capabilities that make it easier for our clients to bank at Key.
•We ended the year with $70.0 billion in assets under management, a record high, reflecting the continued strong sales production in our mass affluent segment.
•We continued to maintain our strong risk discipline. Full year net charge-offs were 41 basis points. Additionally, all leading indicators: non-performing assets, criticized loans, and delinquencies moved in a favorable direction.
•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing and talented workforce and fostering an inclusive environment for all. We continue to be recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where all employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work.
Business Outlook
Consistent with the forward guidance we provided on January 20, 2026, we expect these results for full year 2026 versus full year 2025.
| Category | 2025 Baseline | FY2026 (vs FY 2025)(a) | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue (TE)(b) | $7,513 Million | up ~7% | ||||
| Net interest income (TE) (b) | $4,671 Million | up 8 to 10% | ||||
| Net interest margin | 2.82% | 4Q exit rate: 3.00 - 3.05%(c) | ||||
| Noninterest income | $2,842 Million | up 3 - 4% | ||||
| Noninterest income on an adjusted basis(b)(d) | $2,495 Million | up 5 - 6% | ||||
| Adjusted noninterest expense(b) | $4,729 Million | up 3 to 4% | ||||
| Average loans | $105.7 Billion | up 1 - 2% | ||||
| Average Commercial Loans | $74.5 Billion | up ~5% | ||||
| Net charge-offs to average loans | 40 to 45 basis points | |||||
| Effective tax rate | ~22% | |||||
| Tax-equivalent Effective Rate(e) | ~23% |
(a) Ranges are shown on an operating basis.
(b) Key is unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly related GAAP financial measures due to the difficulty in forecasting when future amounts may occur. Such unavailable information could be significant for future results.
(c) On ~$170 billion of average earning assets
(d) Excluding commercial mortgage servicing fees, operating lease income and other leasing gains, other income, and net securities gains (losses)
(e) Reflects the estimated full year taxable-equivalent adjustment.
We have also established the following medium-term targets reflecting expected run rates by the end of 2027:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Return on tangible common equity(a) | 15.0%+ | Net Interest Margin | 3.25%+ |
(a) Key is unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly related GAAP financial measures due to the difficulty in forecasting when future amounts may occur. Such unavailable information could be significant for future results.
52
Table of contents
Results of Operations
Earnings Overview
The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2024, to the year ended December 31, 2025 (dollars in millions):
Net interest income
One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:
•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;
•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;
•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;
•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;
•asset quality; and
•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
To make it easier to compare both the results across several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.
53
Table of contents
Net interest income (TE) for 2025 was $4.7 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.69%. Compared to 2024, net interest income (TE) increased $861 million, and the net interest margin increased by 53 basis points. These increases primarily reflect lower interest-bearing deposit costs, the reinvestment of proceeds from maturing low-yielding investment securities, fixed-rate loans, and swaps into higher-yielding investments, and the repositioning of the available-for-sale portfolio during the second half of 2024, which involved the sale and reinvestment of approximately $10.0 billion of lower-yielding mortgaged-backed securities into higher-yielding investments. Additionally, the balance sheet composition shifted to reflect a more favorable mix of higher-yielding commercial and industrial loans, and an improved funding mix as lower-cost deposits increased while wholesale borrowings declined. These benefits were partially offset by the impact of lower interest rates on variable-rate earning assets.
Average loans totaled $105.7 billion for 2025, compared to $107.7 billion in 2024. The $2.1 billion decrease was driven by the intentional run-off of low-yielding consumer loans, which decreased $2.4 billion. Average commercial loans increased $380 million, primarily driven by a mix shift to commercial and industrial loans.
Average deposits totaled $149.3 billion for 2025, an increase of $3.1 billion compared to 2024, reflecting growth in consumer deposits.
Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past three years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.
54
Table of contents
Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates and Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations(g)
| Year ended December 31, | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | Average Balance | Interest (a) | Yield/ Rate (a) | |||||||||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans (b), (c) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (d) | $ | 55,877 | $ | 3,347 | 5.99 | % | $ | 53,951 | $ | 3,378 | 6.26 | % | $ | 59,379 | $ | 3,444 | 5.80 | % | ||||||||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 13,358 | 798 | 5.97 | 14,080 | 873 | 6.20 | 15,968 | 931 | 5.83 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 2,840 | 195 | 6.87 | 3,042 | 227 | 7.48 | 2,755 | 185 | 6.71 | |||||||||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 2,465 | 88 | 3.61 | 3,087 | 105 | 3.41 | 3,703 | 116 | 3.13 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 74,540 | 4,428 | 5.94 | 74,160 | 4,583 | 6.18 | 81,805 | 4,676 | 5.72 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 19,291 | 644 | 3.34 | 20,382 | 674 | 3.31 | 21,428 | 699 | 3.26 | |||||||||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 6,012 | 336 | 5.59 | 6,729 | 398 | 5.92 | 7,522 | 433 | 5.76 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 4,892 | 250 | 5.11 | 5,519 | 278 | 5.04 | 6,263 | 305 | 4.86 | |||||||||||||||||
| Credit cards | 925 | 126 | 13.55 | 934 | 138 | 14.78 | 986 | 136 | 13.88 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 31,120 | 1,356 | 4.35 | 33,564 | 1,488 | 4.43 | 36,199 | 1,573 | 4.35 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | 105,660 | 5,784 | 5.47 | 107,724 | 6,071 | 5.64 | 118,004 | 6,249 | 5.30 | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans held for sale | 1,029 | 61 | 5.97 | 979 | 60 | 6.11 | 1,012 | 61 | 6.06 | |||||||||||||||||
| Securities available for sale (b), (e) | 40,034 | 1,599 | 3.73 | 37,127 | 1,142 | 2.71 | 37,718 | 793 | 1.80 | |||||||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities (b) | 7,386 | 264 | 3.58 | 7,980 | 284 | 3.56 | 9,008 | 312 | 3.46 | |||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets | 1,108 | 56 | 5.02 | 1,175 | 61 | 5.16 | 1,138 | 55 | 4.85 | |||||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 14,355 | 624 | 4.35 | 14,846 | 792 | 5.33 | 7,349 | 414 | 5.63 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other investments (e) | 963 | 33 | 3.38 | 1,177 | 62 | 5.25 | 1,392 | 73 | 5.28 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total earning assets | 170,535 | 8,421 | 4.86 | 171,008 | 8,472 | 4.81 | 175,621 | 7,957 | 4.37 | |||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | (1,426) | (1,515) | (1,419) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued income and other assets | 17,655 | 17,322 | 17,425 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued assets | 233 | 296 | 384 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | 186,997 | $ | 187,111 | $ | 192,011 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| LIABILITIES | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Money market deposits | $ | 42,247 | $ | 1,062 | 2.52 | % | $ | 39,525 | $ | 1,146 | 2.90 | % | $ | 34,539 | $ | 666 | 1.93 | % | ||||||||
| Demand deposits | 59,203 | 1,284 | 2.17 | 56,130 | 1,402 | 2.50 | 54,711 | 1,102 | 2.01 | |||||||||||||||||
| Savings deposits | 4,518 | 4 | .05 | 5,010 | 7 | .14 | 6,343 | 3 | .04 | |||||||||||||||||
| Time deposits | 15,323 | 569 | 3.72 | 16,497 | 752 | 4.56 | 13,794 | 551 | 4.00 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 121,291 | 2,919 | 2.41 | 117,162 | 3,307 | 2.82 | 109,387 | 2,322 | 2.12 | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | 325 | 13 | 4.12 | 103 | 4 | 4.35 | 1,647 | 79 | 4.81 | |||||||||||||||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | 1,996 | 84 | 4.20 | 2,984 | 164 | 5.49 | 5,890 | 308 | 5.24 | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term debt (f) | 11,298 | 734 | 6.50 | 17,279 | 1,187 | 6.87 | 20,983 | 1,305 | 6.22 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 134,910 | 3,750 | 2.78 | 137,528 | 4,662 | 3.39 | 137,907 | 4,014 | 2.91 | |||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing deposits | 27,985 | 28,993 | 34,672 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued expense and other liabilities | 4,376 | 4,886 | 5,167 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued liabilities (f) | 233 | 296 | 384 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 167,504 | 171,703 | 178,130 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total equity | 19,493 | 15,408 | 13,881 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity | $ | 186,997 | $ | 187,111 | $ | 192,011 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread (TE) | 2.08 | % | 1.42 | % | 1.46 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE) | $ | 4,671 | 2.69 | % | $ | 3,810 | 2.16 | % | $ | 3,943 | 2.17 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Less: TE adjustment (b) | 35 | 45 | 30 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income, GAAP basis | $ | 4,636 | $ | 3,765 | $ | 3,913 |
(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (f) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.
(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a taxable-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% in effect that calendar year.
(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.
(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $214 million, $196 million, and $157 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.
(e)Yield presented is calculated on the basis of amortized cost excluding fair value hedge basis adjustments. The average amortized cost for securities available for sale was $42.9 billion and $42.2 billion for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. Yield based on the fair value of securities available for sale was 3.99% and 3.08% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.
(f)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.
(g)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.
55
Table of contents
Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.
Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations
| 2025 vs. 2024 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageVolume | Yield/ Rate | Net Change(a) | |||||
| INTEREST INCOME | ||||||||
| Loans | $ | (73) | $ | (214) | $ | (287) | ||
| Loans held for sale | 3 | (2) | 1 | |||||
| Securities available for sale | 95 | 362 | 457 | |||||
| Held-to-maturity securities | (21) | 1 | (20) | |||||
| Trading account assets | (3) | (2) | (5) | |||||
| Short-term investments | (25) | (143) | (168) | |||||
| Other investments | (10) | (19) | (29) | |||||
| Total interest income (TE) | (34) | (17) | (51) | |||||
| INTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||
| Money market deposits | 75 | (159) | (84) | |||||
| Demand deposits | 74 | (192) | (118) | |||||
| Savings deposits | (1) | (2) | (3) | |||||
| Time deposits | (51) | (132) | (183) | |||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 97 | (485) | (388) | |||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | 9 | — | 9 | |||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | (47) | (33) | (80) | |||||
| Long-term debt | (392) | (61) | (453) | |||||
| Total interest expense | (333) | (579) | (912) | |||||
| Net interest income (TE) | $ | 299 | $ | 562 | $ | 861 |
(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Provision for credit losses
Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $471 million for 2025, compared to $335 million for 2024. The increase in our provision for credit losses was driven by reserve increases, partly offset by lower net charge-offs. The reserve build in 2025 was largely driven by elevated economic uncertainty and loan growth, both primarily impacting the commercial loan portfolio. This is in contrast to the reserve release in 2024 largely due to balance sheet optimization.
Noninterest income
Noninterest income for 2025 was $2.8 billion compared to $809 million inclusive of the $1.8 billion loss from the investment portfolio repositioning during 2024. Noninterest income represented 38% of total revenue for 2025 and 18% of total revenue for 2024.
56
Table of contents
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 3. Noninterest Income
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | ||||||||||||||
| Trust and investment services income | $ | 591 | $ | 557 | $ | 516 | $ | 34 | 6.1 | % | $ | 41 | 7.9 | % | |||||||
| Investment banking and debt placement fees | 780 | 688 | 542 | 92 | 13.5 | 146 | 26.9 | ||||||||||||||
| Cards and payments income | 337 | 331 | 340 | 6 | 1.8 | (9) | (2.6) | ||||||||||||||
| Service charges on deposit accounts | 295 | 261 | 270 | 34 | 13.0 | (9) | (3.3) | ||||||||||||||
| Corporate services income | 294 | 275 | 302 | 19 | 6.9 | (27) | (8.9) | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage servicing fees | 287 | 258 | 190 | 29 | 11.2 | 68 | 35.8 | ||||||||||||||
| Corporate-owned life insurance income | 140 | 138 | 132 | 2 | 1.4 | 6 | 4.5 | ||||||||||||||
| Consumer mortgage income | 58 | 58 | 51 | — | — | 7 | 13.7 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating lease income and other leasing gains | 43 | 76 | 92 | (33) | (43.4) | (16) | (17.4) | ||||||||||||||
| Other income | 23 | 23 | 46 | — | — | (23) | (50.0) | ||||||||||||||
| Net securities gains (losses) | (6) | (1,856) | (11) | 1,850 | (99.7) | (1,845) | N/M | ||||||||||||||
| Total noninterest income | $ | 2,842 | $ | 809 | $ | 2,470 | $ | 2,033 | 251.3 | % | $ | (1,661) | (67.2) | % |
Trust and investment services income
Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management fees, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2025, trust and investment services income increased $34 million, or 6.1%. This was primarily due to an increase in investment management income and other fees associated with higher assets under management.
A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2025, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $70.0 billion, compared to $61.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase from 2024 to 2025 was attributable to market activity and net new business.
Figure 4. Assets Under Management or Administration
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | Amount | Percent | ||||||||
| Discretionary assets under management by investment type: | ||||||||||||
| Equity | $ | 37,433 | $ | 34,541 | $ | 2,892 | 8.4 | % | ||||
| Fixed income | 15,500 | 13,942 | 1,558 | 11.2 | ||||||||
| Money market | 8,144 | 6,785 | 1,359 | 20.0 | ||||||||
| Total discretionary assets under management | $ | 61,077 | $ | 55,268 | $ | 5,809 | 10.5 | % | ||||
| Non-discretionary assets under administration | 8,887 | 6,093 | 2,794 | 45.9 | ||||||||
| Total | $ | 69,964 | $ | 61,361 | $ | 8,603 | 14.0 | % |
Investment banking and debt placement fees
Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity securities underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and debt placement advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2025, investment banking and debt placement fees increased $92 million, or 13.5%, from the prior year reflective of growth in syndication and commercial mortgage activity offset slightly by decreased merger and acquisitions fee activity.
Cards and payments income
Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, prepaid card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income increased $6 million, or 1.8%, in 2025 compared to 2024, driven by an increase in merchant services income and credit card fees, slightly offset by an increase in credit card rewards.
57
Table of contents
Service charges on deposit accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts increased $34 million, or 13.0%, in 2025 compared to the prior year. This increase was driven by higher account analysis fees and lower fee waivers, offset slightly by a decrease in deposit maintenance fees.
Other noninterest income
Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, net securities gains (losses), and other income. Other noninterest income increased $1.9 billion in 2025 compared to 2024, primarily attributable to approximately $1.8 billion in losses on the sales of securities available for sale as part of portfolio repositioning activity during the third and fourth quarters of 2024. Excluding the impact of the repositioning activity, other noninterest income increased $34 million, reflecting increases in commercial mortgage servicing fees and corporate services income, offset by declines in operating lease income and other leasing gains.
Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense for 2025 was $4.7 billion, compared to $4.5 billion for 2024. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 5. Noninterest Expense
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | ||||||||||||||
| Personnel | $ | 2,917 | $ | 2,714 | $ | 2,660 | $ | 203 | 7.5 | % | $ | 54 | 2.0 | % | |||||||
| Net occupancy | 270 | 266 | 267 | 4 | 1.5 | (1) | (0.4) | ||||||||||||||
| Computer processing | 425 | 414 | 368 | 11 | 2.7 | 46 | 12.5 | ||||||||||||||
| Business services and professional fees | 193 | 174 | 168 | 19 | 10.9 | 6 | 3.6 | ||||||||||||||
| Equipment | 83 | 80 | 88 | 3 | 3.8 | (8) | (9.1) | ||||||||||||||
| Operating lease expense | 38 | 63 | 77 | (25) | (39.7) | (14) | (18.2) | ||||||||||||||
| Marketing | 95 | 94 | 109 | 1 | 1.1 | (15) | (13.8) | ||||||||||||||
| Other expense | 682 | 740 | 997 | (58) | (7.8) | (257) | (25.8) | ||||||||||||||
| Total noninterest income | $ | 4,703 | $ | 4,545 | $ | 4,734 | $ | 158 | 3.5 | % | $ | (189) | (4.0) | % |
Personnel
As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $203 million, or 7.5%, in 2025 compared to 2024. Overall activity for the year was driven by higher incentive compensation associated with noninterest income growth and continued investments in people.
Figure 6. Personnel Expense
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | Change 2025 vs. 2024 | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||
| Salaries and contract labor | $ | 1,715 | $ | 1,609 | $ | 1,649 | $ | 106 | 6.6 | % | $ | (40) | (2.4) | % | |||||||
| Incentive and stock-based compensation (a) | 721 | 661 | 525 | 60 | 9.1 | 136 | 25.9 | ||||||||||||||
| Employee benefits | 460 | 442 | 405 | 18 | 4.1 | 37 | 9.1 | ||||||||||||||
| Severance | 21 | 2 | 81 | 19 | N/M | (79) | (97.5) | ||||||||||||||
| Total personnel expense | $ | 2,917 | $ | 2,714 | $ | 2,660 | $ | 203 | 7.5 | % | $ | 54 | 2.0 | % |
(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $5 million in 2025 and $4 million in 2024, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.
N/M - Not meaningful
Non-personnel expense
In total, other non-personnel expense decreased $45 million, or 2.5%, in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to a $26 million decrease in the FDIC Special Assessment accrual within other expense and continued decreases in
58
Table of contents
operating lease expense, slightly offset by increases in computer processing and business services and professional fees expense.
Income taxes
We recorded a tax expense from continuing operations of $476 million for 2025, compared to tax benefit of $143 million for 2024. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 20.7% for 2025 and 46.6% for 2024. The tax benefit recorded and increased effective tax rate for the 2024 year resulted primarily from the $1.8 billion loss on the sales of securities incurred as part of a strategic repositioning of our securities portfolio.
In 2025, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, and tax credits associated with low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 13 (“Income Taxes”).
Business Segment Results
This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 23 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.
Consumer Bank
Segment imperatives
•Execute a relationship-oriented growth strategy, which will enable us to grow (i) stable, low-cost deposits and (ii) valuable fee income streams, including wealth management and cards and payments
•Simplify our business to improve execution and efficiency while managing risk
•Meet the needs of our clients and communities in markets where we operate
Market and business overview
As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but also for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. Key Consumer Bank’s focus on durable, long-term client relationships centered in core checking has been evident through the execution of our strategic priorities through focus areas such as developing a core Consumer relationship product suite and driving long-term deposits and fee income through new and enhanced products and services. Key continues to adapt to an increasingly digital world with an increased focus on client experience across our online banking channels. The advice our bankers provide, in combination with our products, services and digital platforms, place Key in a strong position to develop long-lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Our goal is to help our clients move forward on their financial journeys and to be by their sides along the way.
59
Table of contents
Figure 7. Consumer Bank Summary of Operations
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2025 vs. | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
| Summary of operations | ||||||||||||||
| Net interest income (TE) | $ | 2,709 | $ | 2,246 | $ | 2,221 | 20.6 | % | 22.0 | % | ||||
| Noninterest income | 957 | 924 | 937 | 3.6 | 2.1 | |||||||||
| Total revenue (TE) | 3,666 | 3,170 | 3,158 | 15.6 | 16.1 | |||||||||
| Provision for credit losses | 169 | 126 | 111 | 34.1 | 52.3 | |||||||||
| Noninterest expense | 2,802 | 2,714 | 2,779 | 3.2 | .8 | |||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes (TE) | 695 | 330 | 268 | 110.6 | 159.3 | |||||||||
| Allocated income taxes (benefit) and TE adjustments | 168 | 79 | 64 | 112.7 | 162.5 | |||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Key | $ | 527 | $ | 251 | $ | 204 | 110.0 | % | 158.3 | % | ||||
| Average loans and leases | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | $ | 19,285 | $ | 20,369 | $ | 21,348 | (5.3) | % | (9.7) | % | ||||
| Home equity loans | 5,973 | 6,696 | 7,502 | (10.8) | (20.4) | |||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 4,890 | 5,501 | 6,223 | (11.1) | (21.4) | |||||||||
| Credit cards | 925 | 934 | 986 | (1.0) | (6.2) | |||||||||
| Commercial loans | 4,671 | 5,244 | 5,717 | (10.9) | (18.3) | |||||||||
| Total loans and leases | $ | 35,744 | $ | 38,744 | $ | 41,777 | (7.7) | % | (14.4) | % | ||||
| Average deposits | ||||||||||||||
| Money market deposits | $ | 34,688 | $ | 30,723 | $ | 28,356 | 12.9 | % | 22.3 | % | ||||
| Demand deposits | 22,759 | 22,315 | 23,142 | 2.0 | (1.7) | |||||||||
| Savings deposits | 4,316 | 4,679 | 6,051 | (7.8) | (28.7) | |||||||||
| Time deposits | 11,840 | 13,190 | 7,463 | (10.2) | 58.6 | |||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing deposits | 14,328 | 14,945 | 17,780 | (4.1) | (19.4) | |||||||||
| Total deposits | $ | 87,932 | $ | 85,851 | $ | 82,793 | 2.4 | % | 6.2 | % | ||||
| Credit-related statistics | ||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming assets at period end | $ | 201 | $ | 201 | $ | 190 | ||||||||
| Net loan charge-offs | 190 | 207 | 133 | |||||||||||
| Net loan charge-offs to average total loans | 0.53 | % | 0.53 | % | 0.32 | % |
•Net income attributable to Key of $527 million in 2025, compared to $251 million in 2024, an increase of 110.0%, largely driven by favorable rates on deposits
•Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased in 2025 by $463 million, or 20.6%, from the prior year, due to favorable rates on deposits
•Average loans and leases decreased in 2025 by $3.0 billion, or 7.7%, from the prior year, driven by broad-based declines across all loan categories
•Average deposits increased in 2025 by $2.1 billion, or 2.4%, from the prior year, driven by growth in money market deposits
•Provision for credit losses increased $43 million in 2025 compared to the prior year, driven by increased economic uncertainty slightly offset by loan balance run-off.
•Noninterest income increased in 2025 by $33 million, or 3.6%, driven by increases in trust and investment services income
•Noninterest expense increased in 2025 by $88 million, or 3.2%, primarily reflective of increased personnel expenses, slightly offset by lower FDIC special assessment charges
Commercial Bank
Segment imperatives
•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities
•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients
•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets
60
Table of contents
Market and business overview
Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market and larger clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our deep market expertise in multiple industry verticals and relationship-led approach allow us to recognize opportunities and deliver strategic financial solutions that align with our clients’ goals. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.
Figure 8. Commercial Bank Summary of Operations
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2025 vs. | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
| Summary of operations | ||||||||||||||
| Net interest income (TE) | $ | 2,294 | $ | 1,805 | $ | 1,866 | 27.1 | % | 22.9 | % | ||||
| Noninterest income | 1,745 | 1,629 | 1,429 | 7.1 | 22.1 | |||||||||
| Total revenue (TE) | 4,039 | 3,434 | 3,295 | 17.6 | 22.6 | |||||||||
| Provision for credit losses | 299 | 227 | 379 | 31.7 | (21.1) | |||||||||
| Noninterest expense | 1,905 | 1,834 | 1,806 | 3.9 | 5.5 | |||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes (TE) | 1,835 | 1,373 | 1,110 | 33.6 | 65.3 | |||||||||
| Allocated income taxes (benefit) and TE adjustments | 388 | 282 | 227 | 37.6 | 70.9 | |||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Key | $ | 1,447 | $ | 1,091 | $ | 883 | 32.6 | % | 63.9 | % | ||||
| Average loans and leases | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 52,156 | $ | 49,926 | $ | 55,057 | 4.5 | % | (5.3) | % | ||||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 12,057 | 12,575 | 14,325 | (4.1) | (15.8) | |||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 2,735 | 2,918 | 2,650 | (6.3) | 3.2 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 2,450 | 3,065 | 3,678 | (20.1) | (33.4) | |||||||||
| Other loans | 8 | 14 | 73 | (42.9) | (89.0) | |||||||||
| Total loans and leases | $ | 69,407 | $ | 68,498 | $ | 75,782 | 1.3 | % | (8.4) | % | ||||
| Average deposits | ||||||||||||||
| Money market deposits | $ | 7,508 | $ | 8,696 | $ | 6,141 | (13.7) | % | 22.3 | % | ||||
| Demand deposits | 36,868 | 35,031 | 31,864 | 5.2 | 15.7 | |||||||||
| Other deposits | 529 | 739 | 641 | (28.4) | (17.5) | |||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing deposits | 13,165 | 13,558 | 16,398 | (2.9) | (19.7) | |||||||||
| Total deposits | $ | 58,070 | $ | 58,025 | $ | 55,045 | .1 | % | 5.5 | % | ||||
| Credit-related statistics | ||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming assets at period end | $ | 426 | $ | 571 | $ | 401 | ||||||||
| Net loan charge-offs | 237 | 252 | 111 | |||||||||||
| Net loan charge-offs to average total loans | 0.34 | % | 0.37 | % | 0.15 | % |
•Net income attributable to Key of $1.4 billion in 2025, compared to $1.1 billion in 2024, an increase of 32.6%, largely driven by an increase in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income, along with lower FDIC assessment charges
•Taxable equivalent net interest income increased in 2025 by $489 million, or 27.1%, from the prior year, due to favorable deposit costs
•Average loan and lease balances increased $909 million in 2025, or 1.3%, driven by an increase in commercial and industrial loans
•Average deposit balances increased $45 million in 2025, or 0.1%, driven by our focus on growing deposits across our commercial businesses
•Provision for credit losses increased $72 million in 2025 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve builds due to changes in economic conditions and portfolio growth, partially offset by lower net charge-offs
•Noninterest income increased $116 million in 2025, or 7.1%, from the prior year, driven by growth in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income
•Noninterest expense increased by $71 million in 2025, or 3.9%, from the prior year, primarily driven by higher personnel expense related to incentive compensation associated with noninterest income growth and continued investments in people, partially offset by decreases in FDIC special assessment charges and operating lease expenses
61
Table of contents
Financial Condition
Loans and loans held for sale
Figure 9 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.
Figure 9. Composition of Loans
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | Amount | Percent of Total | Amount | Percent of Total | ||||||||||
| COMMERCIAL | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (a) | $ | 57,688 | 54.1 | % | $ | 52,909 | 50.7 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 13,707 | 12.9 | 13,310 | 12.8 | ||||||||||
| Construction | 2,844 | 2.7 | 2,936 | 2.8 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 16,551 | 15.6 | 16,246 | 15.6 | ||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing (b) | 2,270 | 2.1 | 2,736 | 2.6 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 76,509 | 71.8 | 71,891 | 68.9 | ||||||||||
| CONSUMER | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 18,732 | 17.6 | 19,886 | 19.1 | ||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 5,703 | 5.3 | 6,358 | 6.1 | ||||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 4,644 | 4.4 | 5,167 | 5.0 | ||||||||||
| Credit cards | 953 | 0.9 | 958 | 0.9 | ||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 30,032 | 28.2 | 32,369 | 31.1 | ||||||||||
| Total loans (c) | $ | 106,541 | 100.0 | % | $ | 104,260 | 100.0 | % |
(a)Loan balances include $205 million and $212 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.
(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $1 million and $3 million at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 17 (“Borrowings”).
(c)Total loans exclude loans of $205 million at December 31, 2025, and $257 million at December 31, 2024, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.
At December 31, 2025, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $106.5 billion, compared to $104.3 billion at the end of 2024. At December 31, 2025, 67% of our loans were variable rate as compared to 63% at the end of 2024. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”
Commercial loan portfolio
Commercial loans outstanding were $76.5 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.6 billion, or 6.4%, compared to December 31, 2024, primarily reflecting increases in commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans.
Figure 10 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.
62
Table of contents
Figure 10. Commercial Loans by Industry
| December 31, 2025 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 908 | $ | 110 | $ | 76 | $ | 1,094 | 1.4 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 2,475 | 610 | — | 3,085 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 3,228 | 227 | 85 | 3,540 | 4.6 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 8,124 | 12,045 | 1 | 20,170 | 26.4 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 1,978 | 238 | 153 | 2,369 | 3.1 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,541 | 547 | 213 | 4,301 | 5.6 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,081 | 799 | 251 | 5,131 | 6.7 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 1,586 | 153 | 45 | 1,784 | 2.3 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 12,165 | 96 | 167 | 12,428 | 16.3 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 2,714 | 1,334 | 133 | 4,181 | 5.5 | |||||||||||||
| Materials and extraction | 2,105 | 177 | 104 | 2,386 | 3.1 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 2,051 | 28 | 13 | 2,092 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 1,654 | 7 | 306 | 1,967 | 2.6 | |||||||||||||
| Technology | 1,009 | 17 | 82 | 1,108 | 1.5 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 1,022 | 121 | 276 | 1,419 | 1.9 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 8,686 | — | 358 | 9,044 | 11.8 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 361 | 42 | 7 | 410 | .5 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 57,688 | $ | 16,551 | $ | 2,270 | $ | 76,509 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 876 | $ | 99 | $ | 80 | $ | 1,055 | 1.5 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 2,213 | 670 | 2 | 2,885 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 2,802 | 272 | 114 | 3,188 | 4.4 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 7,804 | 11,911 | 3 | 19,718 | 27.4 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 1,847 | 254 | 203 | 2,304 | 3.2 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,557 | 528 | 190 | 4,275 | 5.9 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,115 | 627 | 328 | 5,070 | 7.1 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 1,584 | 160 | 63 | 1,807 | 2.5 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 10,101 | 84 | 209 | 10,394 | 14.5 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 2,711 | 1,199 | 210 | 4,120 | 5.7 | |||||||||||||
| Materials and extraction | 2,110 | 196 | 134 | 2,440 | 3.4 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 1,950 | 28 | 10 | 1,988 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,003 | 7 | 387 | 2,397 | 3.3 | |||||||||||||
| Technology | 829 | 25 | 95 | 949 | 1.3 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 841 | 126 | 291 | 1,258 | 1.7 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 7,186 | — | 412 | 7,598 | 10.6 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 380 | 60 | 5 | 445 | .7 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 52,909 | $ | 16,246 | $ | 2,736 | $ | 71,891 | 100.0 | % |
Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 54% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025, and 51% at December 31, 2024. This portfolio is approximately 92% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.
Commercial and industrial loans totaled $57.7 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.8 billion, or 9.0%, compared to December 31, 2024. The increase was partly driven by increases in specialty finance lending within the finance industry classification. The finance industry classification is comprised primarily of finance companies, insurance companies, and leasing companies.
Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate portfolio includes project loans primarily focused in market-rate and affordable multi-family housing loans, owner-occupied commercial and industrial operating company buildings, and community center grocer-anchored retail centers. These three commercial real estate segments make up 70% of our commercial real estate portfolio. Our non-owner-occupied portfolio is focused on operators of commercial real estate who not only utilize our loan products, but also utilize our broader industry-focused products and services and provide consistent pipelines into our agency, CMBS, and other long-term market take out products. This focus ensures our relationship clients foster and build portfolios with stable, recurring cash flows, with adequate, balanced cash reserves to support our balance sheet exposures through the economic cycle.
At December 31, 2025, commercial real estate loans totaled $16.6 billion, which includes $13.7 billion of mortgage loans and $2.8 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2024, this portfolio increased $305 million or 1.9%. Nonowner-occupied properties, generally properties for which at least 50% of the debt service is provided
63
Table of contents
by rental income from nonaffiliated third parties, represented 81% of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2025
Our construction loans constitute 17% of commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2025 compared to 18% as of December 31, 2024. Construction loans provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project. As of December 31, 2025, 76% of our construction portfolio are multi-family project loans. Our office exposure only represents 4% of commercial real estate loans at period end.
As shown in Figure 11, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.
64
Table of contents
Figure 11. Commercial Real Estate Loans
| Geographic Region | Percent of Total | CommercialMortgage | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | West | Southwest | Central | Midwest | Southeast | Northeast | National | Total | Construction | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Data Center | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 24 | $ | — | $ | 671 | $ | 695 | 4.2 | % | $ | 272 | $ | 423 | |||||||||
| Diversified | 1 | — | — | 29 | — | 10 | 176 | 216 | 1.3 | — | 216 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Industrial | 37 | 1 | 77 | 154 | 262 | 166 | 211 | 908 | 5.5 | 72 | 836 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 9 | 6 | 13 | 3 | 6 | 19 | — | 56 | .3 | 38 | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 1 | — | 8 | 4 | 33 | 40 | 60 | 146 | .9 | — | 146 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 35 | — | 31 | 1 | 20 | 63 | 43 | 193 | 1.2 | 9 | 184 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 1,303 | 356 | 1,328 | 1,201 | 1,762 | 1,228 | 404 | 7,582 | 45.8 | 2,150 | 5,432 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 79 | 1 | 90 | 70 | 84 | 200 | 114 | 638 | 3.9 | — | 638 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 90 | 40 | 91 | 226 | 87 | 185 | 230 | 949 | 5.7 | 20 | 929 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 36 | — | 15 | 6 | 50 | 16 | 157 | 280 | 1.7 | 20 | 260 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 90 | 95 | 35 | 103 | 181 | 81 | 192 | 777 | 4.7 | 94 | 683 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | — | — | — | 181 | 220 | 242 | 643 | 3.9 | — | 643 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | 73 | 6 | 13 | 46 | — | — | — | 138 | .8 | — | 138 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 5 | 8 | 12 | 27 | 47 | 31 | 129 | 259 | 1.6 | — | 259 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 1,759 | 513 | 1,713 | 1,870 | 2,737 | 2,259 | 2,629 | 13,480 | 81.4 | 2,675 | 10,805 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,026 | — | 316 | 519 | 124 | 929 | 157 | 3,071 | 18.6 | 169 | 2,902 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,785 | $ | 513 | $ | 2,029 | $ | 2,389 | $ | 2,861 | $ | 3,188 | $ | 2,786 | $ | 16,551 | 100.0 | % | $ | 2,844 | $ | 13,707 | |||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | 8 | $ | — | $ | 25 | $ | 68 | $ | 48 | $ | 7 | $ | 1 | $ | 157 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 157 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | — | — | 2 | 1 | 26 | 5 | — | 34 | N/M | 1 | 33 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 1 | — | 1 | 1 | 56 | 8 | — | 67 | N/M | — | 67 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Data Center | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 98 | $ | 54 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 152 | .9 | % | $ | — | $ | 152 | |||||||||
| Diversified | 1 | — | — | 3 | — | 13 | 118 | 135 | .8 | — | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Industrial | 44 | 1 | 95 | 103 | 214 | 258 | 18 | 733 | 4.5 | 54 | 679 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 10 | 7 | 3 | 7 | — | 21 | — | 48 | .3 | 28 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 48 | — | 12 | 14 | 46 | 55 | 59 | 234 | 1.4 | — | 234 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 35 | 43 | 42 | — | 37 | 97 | 17 | 271 | 1.7 | — | 271 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 1,303 | 485 | 1,201 | 1,204 | 2,325 | 1,336 | 156 | 8,010 | 49.3 | 2,405 | 5,605 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 152 | 1 | 129 | 77 | 134 | 232 | 13 | 738 | 4.5 | — | 738 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 152 | 6 | 81 | 172 | 97 | 293 | 79 | 880 | 5.4 | 43 | 837 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 44 | — | 44 | 8 | 222 | 18 | 24 | 360 | 2.2 | 14 | 346 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 172 | 39 | 97 | 85 | 54 | 142 | 4 | 593 | 3.7 | 154 | 439 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | — | — | — | 132 | 170 | 90 | 392 | 2.4 | — | 392 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | 41 | — | 13 | 63 | 123 | — | — | 240 | 1.5 | 50 | 190 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 1 | 10 | 7 | 112 | 40 | 48 | — | 218 | 1.3 | — | 218 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 2,003 | 592 | 1,724 | 1,946 | 3,478 | 2,683 | 578 | 13,004 | 80.0 | 2,748 | 10,256 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,078 | — | 330 | 601 | 182 | 1,051 | — | 3,242 | 20.0 | 188 | 3,054 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 3,081 | $ | 592 | $ | 2,054 | $ | 2,547 | $ | 3,660 | $ | 3,734 | $ | 578 | $ | 16,246 | 100.0 | % | $ | 2,936 | $ | 13,310 | |||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | 5 | $ | — | $ | 64 | $ | 80 | $ | 81 | $ | 13 | $ | — | $ | 243 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 243 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | 10 | — | 2 | 1 | — | 7 | — | 20 | N/M | 4 | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 1 | — | — | 3 | 19 | 9 | — | 32 | N/M | — | 32 |
| West – | Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming |
|---|---|
| Southwest – | Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico |
| Central – | Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah |
| Midwest – | Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin |
| Southeast – | Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia |
| Northeast – | Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont |
| National – | Accounts in three or more regions |
Consumer loan portfolio
Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2025, totaled $30.0 billion, a decrease of $2.3 billion, or 7.2%, from one year ago. The decrease was driven by declines across all consumer loan categories reflective of the intentional run-off of low-yielding loans, primarily consumer mortgages, and our focus on originating salable loans.
The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2025, representing approximately 62% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 19% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.
65
Table of contents
We held the first lien position for approximately 63% of the home equity portfolio at December 31, 2025, and 65% at December 31, 2024. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”.
Figure 12 presents our consumer loans by geography.
Figure 12. Consumer Loans by State
| Dollars in millions | Real estate — residential mortgage | Home equity loans | Other consumer loans | Credit cards | Total | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||
| Washington | $ | 4,030 | $ | 844 | $ | 202 | $ | 85 | $ | 5,161 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,613 | 758 | 66 | 195 | 3,632 | ||||||||||
| New York | 626 | 1,587 | 702 | 326 | 3,241 | ||||||||||
| Colorado | 2,769 | 236 | 118 | 29 | 3,152 | ||||||||||
| California | 2,056 | 13 | 399 | 3 | 2,471 | ||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,145 | 487 | 85 | 41 | 1,758 | ||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 378 | 395 | 296 | 62 | 1,131 | ||||||||||
| Florida | 675 | 36 | 343 | 13 | 1,067 | ||||||||||
| Utah | 759 | 215 | 53 | 17 | 1,044 | ||||||||||
| Connecticut | 618 | 200 | 100 | 29 | 947 | ||||||||||
| Other | 3,063 | 932 | 2,280 | 153 | 6,428 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 18,732 | $ | 5,703 | $ | 4,644 | $ | 953 | $ | 30,032 | |||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| Washington | $ | 4,312 | $ | 929 | $ | 214 | $ | 85 | $ | 5,540 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,662 | 895 | 111 | 197 | 3,865 | ||||||||||
| New York | 723 | 1,756 | 737 | 330 | 3,546 | ||||||||||
| Colorado | 2,891 | 258 | 131 | 30 | 3,310 | ||||||||||
| California | 2,191 | 12 | 442 | 3 | 2,648 | ||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,195 | 532 | 92 | 40 | 1,859 | ||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 403 | 449 | 333 | 60 | 1,245 | ||||||||||
| Florida | 733 | 41 | 384 | 13 | 1,171 | ||||||||||
| Utah | 805 | 232 | 56 | 18 | 1,111 | ||||||||||
| Connecticut | 684 | 223 | 105 | 28 | 1,040 | ||||||||||
| Other | 3,287 | 1,031 | 2,562 | 154 | 7,034 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 19,886 | $ | 6,358 | $ | 5,167 | $ | 958 | $ | 32,369 |
66
Table of contents
Loan sales
As shown in Figure 13, during 2025, we sold $10.1 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $147 million during 2025.
Figure 13 summarizes our loan sales during 2025 and 2024.
Figure 13. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)
| Dollars in millions | Commercial | CommercialReal Estate | CommercialLeaseFinancing | ResidentialReal Estate | Total | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | ||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 81 | $ | 2,804 | $ | 50 | $ | 331 | $ | 3,266 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 79 | 2,513 | 61 | 359 | 3,012 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 239 | 1,465 | — | 338 | 2,042 | |||||||||||
| First quarter | 89 | 1,355 | 27 | 260 | 1,731 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 488 | $ | 8,137 | $ | 138 | $ | 1,288 | $ | 10,051 | ||||||
| 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 150 | $ | 2,584 | $ | — | $ | 342 | $ | 3,076 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 60 | 1,406 | 90 | 393 | 1,949 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 56 | 860 | 61 | 312 | 1,289 | |||||||||||
| First quarter | 86 | 1,554 | 85 | 209 | 1,934 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 352 | $ | 6,404 | $ | 236 | $ | 1,256 | $ | 8,248 |
Figure 14 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.
Figure 14. Loans Administered or Serviced
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commercial real estate loans | $ | 566,567 | $ | 557,633 | $ | 499,449 | ||
| Residential mortgage | 11,419 | 11,344 | 11,193 | |||||
| Education loans | 152 | 189 | 248 | |||||
| Commercial lease financing | 1,719 | 1,735 | 1,946 | |||||
| Commercial loans | 576 | 603 | 667 | |||||
| Consumer direct | 258 | 328 | 408 | |||||
| Consumer indirect | 83 | 319 | 792 | |||||
| Total | $ | 580,774 | $ | 572,151 | $ | 514,703 |
In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $8.2 billion of the $580.8 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2025. These are primarily associated with commercial real estate loans administered or serviced. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”
We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 8 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).
67
Table of contents
Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates
Figure 15 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2025.
Figure 15. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | Within One Year | One - Five Years | Five - Fifteen Years | Over Fifteen Years | Total | |||||||||
| Commercial | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 14,655 | $ | 39,461 | $ | 3,464 | $ | 108 | $ | 57,688 | ||||
| Commercial mortgage | 5,227 | 6,158 | 1,959 | 363 | 13,707 | |||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 1,285 | 1,275 | 255 | 29 | 2,844 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 191 | 1,279 | 800 | — | 2,270 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | $ | 21,358 | $ | 48,173 | $ | 6,478 | $ | 500 | $ | 76,509 | ||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate - residential mortgage | $ | 167 | $ | 36 | $ | 619 | $ | 17,910 | $ | 18,732 | ||||
| Home equity loans | 103 | 192 | 1,543 | 3,865 | 5,703 | |||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 569 | 675 | 1,951 | 1,449 | 4,644 | |||||||||
| Credit Cards | 953 | — | — | — | 953 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 1,792 | 903 | 4,113 | 23,224 | 30,032 | |||||||||
| Total loans | $ | 23,150 | $ | 49,076 | $ | 10,591 | $ | 23,724 | $ | 106,541 | ||||
| Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b) | $ | 43,944 | $ | 2,940 | $ | 11,630 | $ | 58,514 | ||||||
| Loans with predetermined interest rates (c) | 5,132 | 7,651 | 12,094 | 24,877 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 49,076 | $ | 10,591 | $ | 23,724 | $ | 83,391 |
(a)Accrued interest of $459 million at December 31, 2025, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.
(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.
(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.
Securities
We manage our securities portfolio according to the following priorities: 1) store of liquidity, 2) interest rate risk management tool, and 3) source of earnings. In keeping with the first priority, the portfolio provides securities to meet our pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio totaled $48.2 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $45.1 billion at December 31, 2024. Available-for-sale securities were $39.6 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $37.7 billion at December 31, 2024. Held-to-maturity securities were $8.6 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $7.4 billion at December 31, 2024.
Securities available for sale
The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of federal agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities.
68
Table of contents
Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 6 (“Securities”).
Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale
| Dollars in millions | U.S. Treasury, Agencies, and Corporations | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(c) | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 2,911 | $ | 3 | $ | 47 | $ | 124 | $ | 3,085 | 4.33 | % | |||||||
| After one through five years | 4,864 | 1,167 | 3,275 | 1,198 | 10,504 | 3.49 | |||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 41 | 6,879 | 11,072 | 2,222 | 20,214 | 3.53 | |||||||||||||
| After ten years | 70 | 516 | 4,801 | 406 | 5,793 | 4.17 | |||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 7,886 | $ | 8,565 | $ | 19,195 | $ | 3,950 | $ | 39,596 | |||||||||
| Amortized cost(b) | 7,842 | 10,269 | 19,451 | 4,284 | 41,846 | 3.67 | % | ||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield(c) | 4.16 | % | 1.91 | % | 4.58 | % | 2.89 | % | 3.67 | % | — | ||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 1.5 years | 7.9 years | 10.8 years | 6.9 years | 8.0 years | — | |||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 8,904 | $ | 9,224 | $ | 15,169 | $ | 4,410 | $ | 37,707 | |||||||||
| Amortized cost | 8,928 | 11,409 | 16,038 | 4,927 | 41,302 | 3.48 | % |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Excluded from the amortized cost of securities available for sale are basis adjustments for securities designated in active fair value hedges. Basis adjustments totaled $99 million and $(6) million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The securities being hedged are primarily U.S Treasuries, Agency RMBS, and Agency CMBS.
(c)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
Held-to-maturity securities
The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of federal agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities and foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.
Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities
| Dollars in millions | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Asset-backed securities(a) | Other Securities | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 38 | $ | — | $ | 351 | $ | 75 | $ | 8 | $ | 472 | 2.57 | % | ||||||||||
| After one through five years | 1,244 | 213 | 756 | 2 | 16 | 2,231 | 3.44 | |||||||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 2,496 | 2,097 | 203 | — | — | 4,796 | 4.29 | |||||||||||||||||
| After ten years | 248 | 64 | 811 | — | — | 1,123 | 3.49 | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 4,026 | $ | 2,374 | $ | 2,121 | $ | 77 | $ | 24 | $ | 8,622 | 3.87 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 3,858 | 2,373 | 1,983 | 75 | 24 | 8,313 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield(b) | 3.78 | % | 4.91 | % | 2.96 | % | 2.05 | % | 4.07 | % | 3.87 | % | — | |||||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 6.4 years | 6.6 years | 8.3 years | 0.5 years | 1.5 years | 6.9 years | — | |||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 4,577 | $ | 151 | $ | 2,333 | $ | 308 | $ | 26 | $ | 7,395 | 3.43 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 4,248 | 134 | 2,130 | 300 | 25 | 6,837 |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
69
Table of contents
Deposits and other sources of funds
Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2025
The following presents the breakdown of our deposits by product for the noted periods.
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Money market deposits | $ | 42.7 | $ | 41.0 | |
| Demand deposits | 61.3 | 57.6 | |||
| Savings deposits | 4.4 | 4.6 | |||
| Time deposits | 12.7 | 17.0 | |||
| Noninterest bearing deposits | 27.6 | 29.6 | |||
| Total | $ | 148.7 | $ | 149.8 |
Our highly diversified deposit base is our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2025, our deposits totaled $148.7 billion, a decrease of $1.0 billion, compared to December 31, 2024.
Uninsured deposits totaled $66.2 billion and $64.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.
Figure 19 presents estimated uninsured deposits for the noted periods which reflect amounts disclosed in KeyBank’s Call Report adjusted for intercompany deposits, which are not customer facing and are eliminated in consolidation, and accrued interest.
70
Table of contents
Figure 19. Estimated Uninsured Deposits
| December 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| Uninsured deposits(a) | $ | 66.2 | $ | 64.4 | ||||
| Total deposits | 148.7 | 149.8 | ||||||
| Uninsured % of Deposits | 45 | % | 43 | % | ||||
| (a) Intercompany deposits and accrued interest excluded from uninsured deposits | $ | 12.8 | $ | 12.4 |
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, approximately $12.0 billion and $12.3 billion, respectively, of uninsured deposits were collateralized by government-backed securities.
Figure 20 presents the maturity distribution of estimated uninsured time deposits.
Figure 20. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||
| Three months or less | $ | 636 | $ | 575 | |
| After three through six months | 381 | 582 | |||
| After six through twelve months | 152 | 220 | |||
| After twelve months | 29 | 77 | |||
| Total | $ | 1,198 | $ | 1,454 |
Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $11.0 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $14.2 billion at December 31, 2024. The decrease reflects maturities in long-term debt and a reduced need for wholesale borrowings. Wholesale funding supplements client deposit funding and may rise or fall with seasonal or other funding needs. For more information regarding our wholesale funds, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations under the heading “Risk Management - Liquidity risk management” of this report.
Capital
Our capital management objective is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and of a sufficient amount to operate and support our clients under a wide range of economic conditions. Our current capital levels position us well to execute against our capital priorities including supporting organic growth, investing in our business, and providing an attractive return to our investors through dividends and share repurchases.
The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 21 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
Dividends
Consistent with our capital plan, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.205 per Common Share for each of the four quarters of 2025. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.82 per Common Share for 2025.
71
Table of contents
Common Shares outstanding
Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 25,873 holders of record at December 31, 2025. Our book value per Common Share was $16.27 based on 1.1 billion shares outstanding at December 31, 2025, compared to $14.21 based on 1.1 billion shares outstanding at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, our tangible book value per Common Share was $13.77, compared to $11.70 at December 31, 2024.
Figure 21 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.
Figure 21. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding
| 2025 Quarters | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| In thousands | 2025 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2024 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at beginning of period | 1,106,786 | 1,112,952 | 1,112,453 | 1,111,986 | 1,106,786 | 936,564 | |||||
| Share repurchases | (11,109) | (11,109) | — | — | — | — | |||||
| Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations and returns) | 6,724 | 558 | 499 | 467 | 5,200 | 7,351 | |||||
| Shares issued under Scotiabank investment agreement | — | — | — | — | — | 162,871 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at end of period | 1,102,401 | 1,102,401 | 1,112,952 | 1,112,453 | 1,111,986 | 1,106,786 |
In March 2025, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $1.0 billion of Common Shares. Information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. “Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this report. During the fourth quarter of 2025, we began repurchasing shares under the share repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors in March 2025.
During 2025, Common Shares outstanding decreased by 4.4 million shares, primarily driven by share repurchases in the fourth quarter. For more information on share activity, see Note 21 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
At December 31, 2025, we had 154.3 million treasury shares, compared to 149.9 million treasury shares at December 31, 2024. The increase in treasury shares during the year was primarily attributable to the repurchase of 11.1 million shares beginning in the fourth quarter. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.
Capital adequacy
Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2025. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 11.1% at December 31, 2025, compared to 9.7% at December 31, 2024. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 8.4% at December 31, 2025, compared to 7.0% at December 31, 2024. See the section entitled “GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2025, are set forth in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.
Figure 22 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 21 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
72
Table of contents
Figure 22. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets
| December 31, Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 | ||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP) | $ | 20,381 | $ | 18,176 | ||
| Less: | Preferred Stock (a) | 2,446 | 2,446 | |||
| Add: | CECL phase-in (b) | — | 59 | |||
| Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions | 17,935 | 15,789 | ||||
| Less: | Goodwill, net of deferred taxes | 2,556 | 2,574 | |||
| Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes | 7 | 24 | ||||
| Deferred tax assets | 136 | 172 | ||||
| Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes | (1,789) | (2,729) | ||||
| Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes | 68 | (438) | ||||
| Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes | (238) | (303) | ||||
| Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital | 17,195 | 16,489 | ||||
| TIER 1 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 17,195 | 16,489 | ||||
| Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus | 2,446 | 2,445 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 1 capital | 19,641 | 18,934 | ||||
| TIER 2 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus | 1,522 | 1,767 | ||||
| Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c) | 1,747 | 1,635 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 2 capital | 3,269 | 3,402 | ||||
| Total risk-based capital | $ | 22,910 | $ | 22,336 | ||
| RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS (a) | $ | 145,933 | $ | 138,296 | ||
| AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 187,035 | $ | 188,855 | ||
| CAPITAL RATIOS | ||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital | 13.46 | % | 13.69 | % | ||
| Total risk-based capital | 15.70 | 16.15 | ||||
| Leverage (d) | 10.50 | 10.03 | ||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 11.78 | 11.92 |
(a)Net of capital surplus.
(b)As of January 1, 2025, the CECL optional transition provision had been fully phased-in. Amounts prior to January 1, 2025, reflect Key's election to adopt the CECL optional transition provision.
(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $11 million and $13 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.
(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.
Variable interest entities
In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 12 (“Variable Interest Entities”).
73
Table of contents
Commitments to extend credit or funding
Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2025, is presented in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”
Other off-balance sheet arrangements
Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”
Guarantees
We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”
Risk Management
Overview
Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities that come with related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, strategic, model, and technology risks, as depicted in the following chart. We manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitable growth. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.
Our risk appetite is defined as the level of risk we are willing to accept and prudently manage in pursuit of our strategic objectives. It is consistent with our pursuit of risk-adjusted shareholder returns, our corporate risk-taking capacity and willingness to accept risk. Our risk appetite statement is an important component of our enterprise risk
74
Table of contents
governance framework, reinforces our risk culture, and provides focus on our primary risk management tenets of soundness, profitability, and growth.
Our risk appetite framework serves as a guide for establishing corporate and business strategies as well as for developing and evaluating strategic objectives and capital planning activities. It is articulated through qualitative statements and quantitative metrics, approved by the Board of Directors, and translated into limits, targets, and other measures at appropriate levels in the organization.
Maintaining a strong risk culture plays an integral role in achieving our strategic objectives and delivering for our stakeholders. Each employee plays a proactive role by complying with applicable laws and regulations, treating our customers fairly and responsibly, and demonstrating the highest levels of professionalism, conduct, and ethics. Our risk culture is centered on maintaining strong practices for risk awareness, identification, escalation, and mitigation across the enterprise.
We seek to sustain strong enterprise risk management practices consistent with industry standards and regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.
75
Table of contents
| Group | Overview and Responsibilities | Activities |
|---|---|---|
| Board of Directors | •Oversight capacity•Oversees that Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is effective and balanced•Fiduciary duty to Key’s shareholders | •Understands Key's risk philosophy•Approves the risk appetite•Inquires about risk practices•Reviews the portfolio of risks•Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite•Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately•Challenges management and promotes accountability |
| Board of Directors Risk Committee(a) | •Assists the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, strategic, and technology risks•Assists the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions | •Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports•Approves any material changes to Executive Level (Level II) Risk Governance Committee charters and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk metrics for major risk categories |
| Board of Directors Compensation & Organization Committee(a) | •Assists the Board in oversight of compensation policies and practices to support Key’s efforts to attract, retain, develop, motivate, and reward a high performing and collaborative workforce to achieve its business objectives | •Oversees compensation for Key’s Board-Reported Executives, talent management and organizational development, including succession planning, leadership development and strategic hiring objectives |
| Board of Directors Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee(a) | •Assists the Board with oversight of corporate governance matters and Key’s policies and practices on significant issues of corporate responsibility | •Oversees the evaluation of the Board, the directors, and the Lead Director•Provides guidance on Board-related matters, including director candidates, director compensation, director independence, the Board committee structure, and succession planning matters•Reviews the Corporate Governance Guidelines•Provides oversight with respect to community investment strategy |
| Board of Directors Technology Committee (a) | •Assists the Board with oversight of major technology investments and technology risks | •Supports Key’s strategic objectives in areas such as cybersecurity, fraud, and data, project management, technology strategy, technology innovation, and emerging technology trends•In consultation with the Risk Committee, oversees technology-related risks including (but not limited to) cybersecurity, business resiliency, and other technology-related risks as necessary and appropriate |
| Board of Directors Audit Committee(a) | •Assists the Board in oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors•Assists the Board in oversight of financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk | •Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee•Receives reports on enterprise risk•Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases |
| Executive Level (Level II) Risk Governance Committees | •Includes ERM Committee, Asset Liability Committee, Capital Committee, Credit Risk Committee, Compliance Risk Committee, and Operational Risk Committee, as well as the Compensation & Benefits Oversight Committee and the Disclosure Committee. Level II Risk Governance Committees report to the Risk Committee of the Board (except for the Compensation & Benefits Oversight Committee, which reports to the Compensation & Organization Committee of the Board, and the Disclosure Committee, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board) and are generally responsible for the activities listed herein | •Escalation of risk issues, particularly issues that have the potential to increase aggregated risk beyond Key’s risk appetite, to the appropriate Level I Governance Committee, typically the Risk or Audit Committees of the Board•Identifying early warning events or trends, top and emerging risks and discussing forward looking assessments•Approving certain risk metrics•Monitoring certain metric limits, as well as associated risk levels to the Board approved risk appetite•Providing governance, direction, oversight and high-level management of their associated risk and the risk assessment process which is used in capital adequacy stress testing; •Monitoring stress testing results related to their associated risks (if required per committee charter) and escalating emerging risks as appropriate•Providing assurance, advice and support to the Risk Committee on their associated risk |
| Management Level (Level III) Risk Governance Committees | •Includes attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense: First Line (line of business and support areas), Second Line (risk management), and Third Line (internal audit function) | •Supports the ERM Committee, Asset Liability Committee, Capital Committee, Credit Risk Committee, Compliance Risk Committee, and Operational Risk Committee, as well as the Compensation & Benefits Oversight Committee and the Disclosure Committee, by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments |
| Internal Audit | •Provides the KeyCorp Board and management with independent, risk-based, and objective assurance, advice, insight, and foresight | •Conducts objective examinations of evidence for the purpose of providing independent assessments to the Audit Committee, management, and outside parties on the adequacy and effectiveness of business processes, risk management activities, internal controls, and governance processes for KeyCorp |
(a) Certain Board Committees, including the Audit and Risk Committees, meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.
We utilize a Three Lines of Defense model for risk governance which establishes roles and responsibilities for each of the Three Lines, consisting of Business and Support Areas, Risk Management, and Internal Audit relative to the management and oversight of risk. As the first line of defense, Lines of Business and Support Areas have the primary responsibility to accept, own, and proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk. The second line of defense, Risk Management, provides independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information. The third line of defense, Internal Audit, is responsible for independently evaluating the appropriateness of the risk governance framework for the size, complexity, and risk profile of Key.
76
Table of contents
Market risk management
Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.
Trading market risk
Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2025, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit spread risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk policies. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.
Governance structure - Trading market risk
Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Joint KeyCorp and KeyBank National Association Risk Committee (“Board Risk Committee”) provides oversight of trading market risks. The ALCO and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ALCO and the Board Risk Committee for approval.
MTRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. MTRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. MTRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.
Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. MTRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2025, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. MTRM conducts an initial assessment of a position and shares with the Covered Position Working Group, which provides recommendation of the classification of a position, with final determination made by MTRM and legal. Decisions on the classification of Covered Positions are communicated to the Market Risk Committee as needed.
Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.
77
Table of contents
•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.
•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.
VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. MTRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR at various confidence levels daily, and the results are closely monitored. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.
We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. Historical moves in risk factors across various asset classes are incorporated in VaR metrics. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year lookback period and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter.
The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. The VaR model undergoes periodic review and validation by Key’s Model Risk team. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.
MTRM backtests the VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss (the profit/loss resulting from changes in risk factors applied to the previous trading day’s closing positions; held profit and loss excludes fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading). Backtesting exceptions occur when daily held profit and loss exceeds VaR. There were four backtesting exceptions for KeyCorp during the past 250 trading days ended December 31, 2025, generally caused by large moves in rates. The total number of VaR backtesting breaches for KeyCorp over the preceding 250 trading days is used to determine the multiplier for the VaR based capital requirement under the Market Risk Rule. The multiplier increases from a minimum of 3.0 to a maximum of 4.0, depending on the number of backtesting exceptions. All KeyCorp backtesting exceptions are thoroughly reviewed in the context of VaR model use and performance. The backtesting multiplier for KeyCorp was 3.0 for both December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.
The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $0.8 million at December 31, 2025, and $1.4 million at December 31, 2024. Figure 23 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.
Figure 23. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 1.3 | $ | .6 | $ | .9 | $ | .7 | $ | 1.3 | $ | .4 | $ | .9 | $ | .8 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .2 | $ | .1 | $ | .1 | $ | .1 | $ | .6 | $ | .4 | $ | .5 | $ | .5 |
78
Table of contents
Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $2.6 million at December 31, 2025, and $5.2 million at December 31, 2024. Figure 24 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024. Changes in VaR are dependent on portfolio composition, inventory levels, and other market factors.
Figure 24. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 2.3 | $ | .9 | $ | 1.6 | $ | 2.3 | $ | 5.2 | $ | 1.3 | $ | 3.3 | $ | 4.8 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .3 | $ | .1 | $ | .2 | $ | .2 | $ | .4 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .3 |
Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $19 million at December 31, 2025, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by MTRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market & Treasury Risk Officer.
Nontrading market risk
Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board-approved ERM policy.
Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.
•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.
•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to nonparallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.
•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.
•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.
79
Table of contents
Governance structure - Nontrading market risk
The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Treasury Risk Oversight Committee (“TROC”) review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO and the TROC review reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.
Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic outlook. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually diverge from market expectations over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).
Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, our simulated exposure to changes in interest rates remained neutral. The exposure to declining rates has changed from 0.15% as of December 31, 2024 to (0.35)% as of December 31, 2025, while the exposure to rising rates has changed from (0.39)% as of December 31, 2024 to 0.41% as of December 31, 2025. The modest shift toward asset sensitivity was caused principally by the adoption of a new pricing model for indeterminate maturity interest-bearing deposits in the first quarter of 2025. The new deposit beta model incorporates more historical data and features that we believe more accurately reflect the behavior of our clients in rising and declining interest rate cycles. In addition, since the beginning of the second quarter of 2025, Key now measures simulated change in net interest income relative to implied forwards in a baseline scenario. Previously, metrics were calculated against a flat-rate assumption in the baseline scenario.
We are actively managing the balance sheet to maintain desired IRR positioning in the current environment. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.0%, revised mid-2025 from 5.5% to reflect tighter risk management. Current modeled exposure is within Board-approved tolerances.
Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Basis point change assumption | -200 | +200 | -200 | +200 | ||||
| Tolerance level | (5.00) | % | (5.00) | % | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % |
| Interest rate risk assessment | (0.35) | % | 0.41 | % | 0.15 | % | (0.39) | % |
Simulation analyses produce an estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumption inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.
Regular sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.
80
Table of contents
The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed-rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed-rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the potential benefit to declining rates would increase by approximately 21 basis points. A five percentage point increase or decrease in the interest-bearing deposit beta assumption changes the current simulation results by approximately 97 basis points.
The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury’s discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change the interest rate risk profile.
Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.
Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +/-200 basis point scenario subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if the analysis indicates that the EVE will decrease by 15% or more in response to an instantaneous increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2025.
Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing or selling securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.
Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage the risk profile, see Note 7 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).
Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Weighted-Average | December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | Notional Amount | Fair Value | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | Notional Amount | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional loans | $ | 37,050 | $ | 66 | 1.7 | 3.3 | % | 3.8 | % | $ | 18,750 | $ | (442) | |||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt | 8,722 | (198) | 4.2 | 2.7 | 3.8 | 9,818 | (470) | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward loans | 2,200 | 40 | 2.6 | 4.1 | 3.8 | 19,200 | (114) | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward debt | — | — | — | — | — | 950 | (22) | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt | 50 | — | 2.5 | 4.0 | 3.6 | 50 | 1 | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — securities | 10,194 | (100) | 2.2 | 3.8 | 4.1 | 9,405 | 5 | |||||||||||||
| Total portfolio swaps | $ | 58,216 | $ | (192) | (a) | 2.2 | 3.3 | % | 3.8 | % | $ | 58,173 | $ | (1,042) | (a) | |||||
| Floors — forward purchased | $ | 3,250 | $ | — | .1 | — | % | — | % | $ | 3,250 | $ | 2 | |||||||
| Floors — forward sold | 3,250 | — | .1 | — | — | 3,250 | (1) | |||||||||||||
| Total floors | $ | 6,500 | $ | — | — | — | % | — | % | $ | 6,500 | $ | 1 |
(a)Excludes accrued interest of $173 million and $51 million at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.
81
Table of contents
Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in cash flows of assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.
Governance structure
We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on a consolidated basis. This approach considers the funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions.
The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ALCO, the TROC, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.
These committees mentioned above regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we monitor an extensive set of systemic and idiosyncratic early warning indicators daily.
Factors affecting liquidity
Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.
Our credit ratings and rating agency outlooks at December 31, 2025, are shown in Figure 27. While we believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors, downgrades in our credit ratings could increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us.
82
Table of contents
Figure 27. Credit Ratings
| December 31, 2025 | Outlook | Short-Term Borrowings | Long-Term Deposits(a) | Senior Long-Term Debt | Subordinated Long-Term Debt | Capital Securities | Preferred Stock |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| KEYCORP | |||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | Stable | A-2 | N/A | BBB | BBB- | BB | BB |
| Moody’s | Positive | P-2 | N/A | Baa2 | Baa2 | Baa3 | Ba1 |
| Fitch Ratings, Inc. | Stable | F1 | N/A | A- | N/A | BB+ | BB+ |
| DBRS, Inc. | Stable | R-1 (low) | N/A | A (low) | BBB (high) | BBB (high) | BBB (low) |
| KEYBANK | |||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | Stable | A-2 | N/A | BBB+ | BBB | N/A | N/A |
| Moody’s | Positive | P-2 | P-1/A2 | Baa1 | Baa2 | N/A | N/A |
| Fitch Ratings, Inc. | Stable | F1 | F1/A | A- | BBB+ | N/A | N/A |
| DBRS, Inc. | Stable | R-1 (low) | A | A | A (low) | N/A | N/A |
(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F1 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.
Managing liquidity risk
Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at any time, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under stressed environments. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.
We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test at the consolidated KeyCorp level. From time to time, we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.
Our primary source of funding for KeyBank is customer deposits resulting in a consolidated loan-to-deposit ratio of 72.5% as of December 31, 2025. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Additionally, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.
We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a stress period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. Figure 28 shows our available contingent liquidity at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, our secured term borrowings were $810 million, a decrease of $519 million compared to December 31, 2024 due to a reduction in FHLB borrowings.
Figure 28. Available Contingent Liquidity
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Available contingent liquidity: | |||||
| Unpledged securities | $ | 29.4 | $ | 25.5 | |
| Net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account | 9.3 | 17.4 | |||
| Unused secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland | 39.5 | 36.7 | |||
| Unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB | 18.9 | 18.9 | |||
| Total | $ | 97.0 | $ | 98.5 |
83
Table of contents
Long-term liquidity strategy
Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is around 80% (at December 31, 2025, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 72.5%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.
Liquidity programs
We have several liquidity programs that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.
KeyCorp maintains a Medium-Term Note Program that permits KeyCorp to issue notes with original maturities of nine months or more. At December 31, 2025, KeyCorp had $13.3 billion available for issuance under the Medium-Term Note Program.
Under its Bank Note Program, KeyBank may issue up to $20 billion of notes. At December 31, 2025, there was $20.0 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.
Liquidity for KeyCorp
The primary sources of liquidity for KeyCorp are dividends from KeyBank and the proceeds from the issuance of debt and capital securities. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.
We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities and dividends for the next 24 months. At December 31, 2025, KeyCorp held $4.9 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.
Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with the proceeds from term debt issuances. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2025, KeyBank paid $1.4 billion in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2025, KeyBank paid $525 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp. At December 31, 2025, KeyBank had $783 million in regulatory capacity to pay any dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.
Our liquidity position and recent activity
Our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.
84
Table of contents
On December 29, 2025 all of the KeyBank outstanding 4.700% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2026 were called at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Bank Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.
In addition, on January 28, 2026, also under the Medium-Term Note Program, KeyCorp issued $750 million of 5.305% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Notes due January 28, 2037.
From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or common shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.
Credit risk management
Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.
Credit policy, approval, and evaluation
We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee recommends Significant Level 1 credit policies to the Board Risk Committee for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.
Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.
Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.
We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.
85
Table of contents
Allowance for loan and lease losses
We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. The ALLL at December 31, 2025, represents our best estimate of the lifetime expected credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date. For more information, see Note 4 (“Asset Quality”).
As shown in Figure 29, our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $18 million, or 1.3%, from December 31, 2024. The commercial ALLL increased by $41 million, or 4.0%, from December 31, 2024, driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth, partly offset by improving credit quality trends. The consumer ALLL decreased $23 million, or 6.2%, from December 31, 2024, driven by the impact of ongoing loan balance reductions and strong credit performance.
Figure 29. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | Total Allowance | Percent of Allowance to Total Allowance | Percent of Loan Type to Total Loans | Total Allowance | Percent of Allowance to Total Allowance | Percent of Loan Type to Total Loans | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 745 | 50.6 | % | 54.1 | % | $ | 639 | 45.4 | % | 50.7 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 252 | 19.2 | 12.9 | 320 | 22.7 | 12.8 | |||||||||
| Construction | 55 | 3.5 | 2.7 | 51 | 3.6 | 2.8 | |||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 307 | 22.7 | 15.6 | 371 | 26.3 | 15.6 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 26 | 1.7 | 2.1 | 27 | 1.9 | 2.6 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 1,078 | 75.0 | 71.8 | 1,037 | 73.6 | 68.9 | |||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 66 | 4.7 | 17.6 | 90 | 6.4 | 19.1 | |||||||||
| Home equity loans | 52 | 4.7 | 5.3 | 70 | 5.0 | 6.1 | |||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 149 | 9.9 | 4.4 | 136 | 9.6 | 5.0 | |||||||||
| Credit cards | 82 | 5.7 | .9 | 76 | 5.4 | .9 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 349 | 25.0 | 28.2 | 372 | 26.4 | 31.1 | |||||||||
| Total loans (a) | $ | 1,427 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,409 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $11 million at December 31, 2025, and $13 million at December 31, 2024.
Net loan charge-offs
Figure 30 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 32. Figure 31 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.
Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs decreased $10 million, mainly reflecting a decrease in charge-offs of consumer loans.
86
Table of contents
Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations(a)
| Year ended December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 255 | $ | 305 | |
| Commercial real estate: | |||||
| Commercial mortgage | 87 | 38 | |||
| Construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 87 | 38 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 6 | 2 | |||
| Total commercial loans | 348 | 345 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | (2) | (2) | |||
| Home equity loans | (1) | — | |||
| Other consumer loans | 48 | 56 | |||
| Credit cards | 37 | 41 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 82 | 95 | |||
| Total net loan charge-offs | $ | 430 | $ | 440 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average loans | .41 | % | .41 | % | |
| Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business | $ | 2 | $ | 3 |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations(a)
| Year ended December 31, | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | 0.46 | % | 0.56 | % |
| Commercial real estate: | ||||
| Commercial mortgage | 0.65 | 0.27 | ||
| Construction | 0.01 | — | ||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 0.54 | 0.22 | ||
| Commercial lease financing | 0.25 | 0.05 | ||
| Total commercial loans | 0.47 | 0.46 | ||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | (0.01) | (0.01) | ||
| Home equity loans | (0.01) | — | ||
| Other consumer loans | 0.96 | 1.01 | ||
| Credit cards | 4.08 | 4.44 | ||
| Total consumer loans | 0.26 | 0.29 | ||
| Total net loan charge-offs | 0.41 | % | 0.41 | % |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
87
Table of contents
Figure 32. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Average loans outstanding | $ | 105,660 | $ | 107,724 | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period | $ | 1,409 | $ | 1,508 | |
| Loans charged off: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 312 | $ | 363 | |
| Commercial real estate: | |||||
| Commercial mortgage | 94 | 40 | |||
| Construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 94 | 40 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 6 | 7 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 412 | 410 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 2 | 3 | |||
| Home equity loans | 2 | 2 | |||
| Other consumer loans | 56 | 64 | |||
| Credit cards | 45 | 47 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 105 | 116 | |||
| Total loans charged off | 517 | 526 | |||
| Recoveries: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | 57 | 58 | |||
| Commercial real estate: | |||||
| Commercial mortgage | 7 | 2 | |||
| Construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 7 | 2 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | — | 5 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 64 | 65 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 4 | 5 | |||
| Home equity loans | 3 | 2 | |||
| Other consumer loans | 8 | 8 | |||
| Credit cards | 8 | 6 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 23 | 21 | |||
| Total recoveries | 87 | 86 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | (430) | (440) | |||
| Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses | 448 | 341 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year | $ | 1,427 | $ | 1,409 | |
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year | 290 | 296 | |||
| Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments | 23 | (6) | |||
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c) | $ | 313 | $ | 290 | |
| Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year | $ | 1,740 | $ | 1,699 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average total loans | .41 | % | .41 | % | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans | 1.34 | 1.35 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans | 1.63 | 1.63 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans | 232.0 | 185.9 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans | 282.9 | 224.1 | |||
| Discontinued operations — education lending business: | |||||
| Loans charged off | $ | 3 | $ | 4 | |
| Recoveries | 1 | 1 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | $ | (2) | $ | (3) |
(a)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.
Nonperforming assets
Figure 33 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 33, nonperforming assets decreased $145 million during 2025. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.
88
Table of contents
Figure 33. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | 2024 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 256 | $ | 322 | |
| Commercial real estate: | |||||
| Commercial mortgage | 157 | 243 | |||
| Construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 157 | 243 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 7 | — | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 420 | 565 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 104 | 92 | |||
| Home equity loans | 80 | 89 | |||
| Other consumer loans | 4 | 5 | |||
| Credit cards | 7 | 7 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 195 | 193 | |||
| Total nonperforming loans | 615 | 758 | |||
| Nonperforming loans held for sale | 3 | — | |||
| OREO | 9 | 14 | |||
| Other nonperforming assets | — | — | |||
| Total nonperforming assets | $ | 627 | $ | 772 | |
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | $ | 99 | $ | 90 | |
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 220 | 206 | |||
| Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business | 2 | 2 | |||
| Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans | .58 | % | .73 | % | |
| Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets | .59 | .74 |
(a)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
Figure 34 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.
Figure 34. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations
| 2025 Quarters | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2025 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2024 | |||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period | $ | 758 | $ | 658 | $ | 696 | $ | 686 | $ | 758 | $ | 574 | |||||
| Loans placed on nonaccrual status | 861 | 248 | 210 | 233 | 170 | 1,140 | |||||||||||
| Charge-offs | (517) | (124) | (140) | (127) | (126) | (526) | |||||||||||
| Loans sold | (20) | (7) | (13) | — | — | (72) | |||||||||||
| Payments | (323) | (124) | (68) | (74) | (57) | (259) | |||||||||||
| Transfers to OREO | (5) | (1) | (1) | (1) | (2) | (6) | |||||||||||
| Loans returned to accrual status | (139) | (35) | (26) | (21) | (57) | (93) | |||||||||||
| Balance at end of period | $ | 615 | $ | 615 | $ | 658 | $ | 696 | $ | 686 | $ | 758 |
Operational and compliance risk management
Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, or harm to our reputation.
We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and
89
Table of contents
monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.
The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Internal Audit function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Internal Audit reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Audit Committee and updates the Risk Committee, as appropriate, on matters related to the oversight of these controls.
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2024 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000091576-25-000038.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page Number | |
|---|---|
| Introduction | 50 |
| Corporate strategy | 50 |
| Executive overview | 51 |
| Results of Operations | 53 |
| Earnings overview | 53 |
| Net interest income | 53 |
| Provision for credit losses | 56 |
| Noninterest income | 56 |
| Noninterest expense | 58 |
| Income taxes | 60 |
| Business Segment Results | 60 |
| Consumer Bank | 60 |
| Commercial Bank | 61 |
| Financial Condition | 63 |
| Loans and loans held for sale | 63 |
| Securities | 69 |
| Deposits and other sources of funds | 72 |
| Capital | 73 |
| Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations | 75 |
| Off-balance sheet arrangements | 75 |
| Guarantees | 76 |
| Risk Management | 76 |
| Overview | 76 |
| Market risk management | 78 |
| Liquidity risk management | 83 |
| Credit risk management | 86 |
| Operational and compliance risk management | 90 |
| GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations | 91 |
| Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates | 92 |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | 93 |
| Valuation methodologies | 94 |
| Derivatives and hedging | 96 |
| Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes | 97 |
| Accounting and reporting developments | 98 |
49
Table of contents
Introduction
This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2024 and 2023. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2022 and a comparison between the 2022 and 2023 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2023 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2024, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.
Corporate strategy
We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined with respect to capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our high-performing and talented workforce and fostering a culture that is fair and inclusive for all. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.
•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.
•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful positive impact for our clients.
•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.
•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital position remains strong, and we are well-positioned relative to our capital priorities.
•Engage a high-performing and talented workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing and talented workforce to create an environment where everyone can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.
50
Table of contents
Executive overview
Our 2024 financial results were generally positive and reflected the impact of large securities repositioning trades that enhanced our future earnings trajectory. Net interest income was down, reflecting lower loans and changes in interest rates, but remained within our target range versus 2023. Fee growth was stronger than expected reflecting the second highest year of investment banking revenues in our history. At December 31, 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 11.92% and 13.69%, respectively. We achieved meaningful positive operating leverage in the second half of the year and look to continue to deliver earnings growth and operating leverage in 2025.
Strategic Minority Investment by Scotiabank
On August 12, 2024, we entered into an Investment Agreement with Scotiabank pursuant to which Scotiabank agreed to make a strategic minority investment in KeyCorp of approximately $2.8 billion, representing approximately 14.9% pro forma common stock ownership of KeyCorp, for a fixed price of $17.17 per share. On August 30, 2024, Scotiabank completed the initial purchase of our Common Shares with an investment of approximately $821 million in gross proceeds. Following the initial purchase, Scotiabank owned approximately 4.9% of KeyCorp’s common stock.
On December 13, 2024, Key announced that all necessary bank regulatory approvals had been received for completion of Scotiabank’s strategic minority investment in KeyCorp. On December 27, 2024, Scotiabank completed the final purchase of our Common Shares contemplated under the Investment Agreement with an investment of approximately $2.0 billion (the “Second Closing”). Following the Second Closing, Scotiabank owns approximately 14.9% of our Common Shares.
On December 27, 2024, in connection with the Second Closing, the Board of Directors of KeyCorp increased the size of the Board to fifteen directors and appointed Jacqueline Allard and Somesh Khanna to serve on the Board, effectively immediately upon the Second Closing.
Refer to Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”) for additional information on this transaction.
Securities Repositioning
On September 6, 2024, we initiated a strategic repositioning of our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio by selling approximately $7.0 billion in market value of low-yielding mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage-backed securities that were sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 2.3% and an average duration of approximately six years. Reinvestment of the proceeds from the sale was completed in October 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of approximately 4.95% and an average duration of approximately four years. During the third quarter of 2024, along with our customary sale of short-dated U.S. Treasuries set to mature within the quarter, we also sold approximately $3 billion in U.S. Treasuries yielding 50 basis points that were set to mature in the fourth quarter of 2024. The total pre-tax loss on the sale of securities available for sale for the third quarter was $935 million of which $918 million was associated with the strategic repositioning.
Prior to the Second Closing, KeyCorp completed the strategic repositioning of its available-for-sale investment securities portfolio by selling an additional $3.0 billion in market value of low-yielding investment securities and terminating approximately $3.0 billion of fair value hedges, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $915 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The investment securities that were sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 1.5% and an average duration of approximately eight years. The reinvestment of the proceeds from the repositioning was completed in December 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of 5.5% and an average duration of approximately four years.
In addition to the items described above, the following actions and results during 2024 also supported our overall corporate strategy.
•We have expanded our commercial banking business in Chicago and Southern California to serve more middle market clients with our differentiated platform, which includes a full range of commercial lending and capital markets capabilities as well as payments solutions designed specifically for the segment.
•We completed core technological modernization projects of our commercial loan platform and our derivatives platform.
51
Table of contents
•We ended the year with $61.4 billion in assets under management and administration, a record high, reflecting the strong sales production in our mass affluent segment.
•Within our Consumer Bank, we grew relationship households in excess of three percent for the second consecutive year, including growth of five to eight percent throughout our western markets.
•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing and talented workforce and fostering an inclusive environment for all. We continue to be recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where all employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work.
Business Outlook
Consistent with the forward guidance we provided on January 21, 2025, we expect these results for full year 2025 versus full year 2024.
| Category | 2024 Baseline | FY2024 vs FY2023 | FY2025 (vs FY 2024)(a) | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Average loans | $107.7 Billion | (9)% | down 2% to 5% | |||
| Ending loans | $104.3 Billion | (7)% | Flat vs YE 2024 | |||
| PE Commercial Loans | $71.9 Billion | (7)% | up 2% to 4% | |||
| Net interest income (TE) | $3,810 Million | (3)% | up ~20%(b) | |||
| Adjusted noninterest income(c) | $2,645 Million | +7% | up 5%+ | |||
| Adjusted noninterest expense(c) | $4,520 Million | +3% | up 3% to 5% | |||
| Net charge-offs to average loans | 41 bps | + 20 bps | 40 to 45 basis points (FY2025) | |||
| Effective tax rate | ~21% to 22% (FY2025) | |||||
| Tax-equivalent Effective Rate(d) | ~23% to 24% (FY2025) |
(a) Ranges are shown on an operating basis.
(b) Additional Guidance: Net interest income (TE): 10%+ 4Q25 vs. 4Q24.
(c) Refer to the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K for the reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures.
(d) Reflects the estimated full year taxable-equivalent adjustment.
52
Table of contents
Results of Operations
Earnings Overview
The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2023, to the year ended December 31, 2024 (dollars in millions):
Net interest income
One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:
•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;
•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;
•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;
•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;
•asset quality; and
•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.
53
Table of contents
Net interest income (TE) for 2024 was $3.8 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.16%. Compared to 2023, net interest income (TE) decreased $133 million, and the net interest margin was relatively stable, decreasing by one basis point. The decline in net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin reflects higher deposit costs, partly due to a shift in funding mix from noninterest-bearing deposits to higher cost deposits in 2024, and lower loan balances, in part due to the residual effect of Key’s balance sheet optimization efforts during the second half of 2023. Net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin benefited from higher earning asset yields as a result of the higher interest rate environment, including the reinvestment of proceeds from maturing investment securities into higher-yielding investments. Net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin also benefited from the maturity of interest rate swaps with negative carry, and an increase in lower-cost deposits, which contributed to the decline in wholesale borrowings. In addition, during the second half of 2024, Key completed the available-for-sale portfolio repositioning, which involved the sale and reinvestment of approximately $10.0 billion of lower-yielding mortgaged-backed securities into higher-yielding investments.
Average loans totaled $107.7 billion for 2024, compared to $118.0 billion in 2023. The $10.3 billion decrease reflected continued tepid client loan demand. Commercial loans decreased $7.6 billion, due to lower commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans. Additionally, average consumer loans declined by $2.6 billion, reflective of broad-based declines across all consumer loan categories.
Average deposits totaled $146.2 billion for 2024, an increase of $2.1 billion compared to 2023, reflecting growth in both consumer and commercial deposits, partially offset by a decline in brokered CDs.
Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past three years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.
54
Table of contents
Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(g)
| Year ended December 31, | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | Average Balance | Interest (a) | Yield/ Rate (a) | |||||||||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans (b), (c) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (d) | $ | 53,951 | $ | 3,378 | 6.26 | % | $ | 59,379 | $ | 3,444 | 5.80 | % | $ | 54,970 | $ | 2,148 | 3.91 | % | ||||||||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 14,080 | 873 | 6.20 | 15,968 | 931 | 5.83 | 15,572 | 633 | 4.07 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 3,042 | 227 | 7.48 | 2,755 | 185 | 6.71 | 2,229 | 99 | 4.44 | |||||||||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 3,087 | 105 | 3.41 | 3,703 | 116 | 3.13 | 3,869 | 98 | 2.54 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 74,160 | 4,583 | 6.18 | 81,805 | 4,676 | 5.72 | 76,640 | 2,978 | 3.89 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 20,382 | 674 | 3.31 | 21,428 | 699 | 3.26 | 19,036 | 559 | 2.94 | |||||||||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 6,729 | 398 | 5.92 | 7,522 | 433 | 5.76 | 8,115 | 347 | 4.28 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 5,519 | 278 | 5.04 | 6,263 | 305 | 4.86 | 6,552 | 277 | 4.27 | |||||||||||||||||
| Credit cards | 934 | 138 | 14.78 | 986 | 136 | 13.88 | 959 | 107 | 11.23 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 33,564 | 1,488 | 4.43 | 36,199 | 1,573 | 4.35 | 34,662 | 1,290 | 3.72 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | 107,724 | 6,071 | 5.64 | 118,004 | 6,249 | 5.30 | 111,302 | 4,268 | 3.84 | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans held for sale | 979 | 60 | 6.11 | 1,012 | 61 | 6.06 | 1,278 | 56 | 4.41 | |||||||||||||||||
| Securities available for sale (b), (e) | 37,127 | 1,142 | 2.71 | 37,718 | 793 | 1.80 | 42,325 | 752 | 1.62 | |||||||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities (b) | 7,980 | 284 | 3.56 | 9,008 | 312 | 3.46 | 7,676 | 213 | 2.77 | |||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets | 1,175 | 61 | 5.16 | 1,138 | 55 | 4.85 | 850 | 31 | 3.61 | |||||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 14,846 | 792 | 5.33 | 7,349 | 414 | 5.63 | 4,264 | 97 | 2.28 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other investments (e) | 1,177 | 62 | 5.25 | 1,392 | 73 | 5.28 | 952 | 22 | 2.26 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total earning assets | 171,008 | 8,472 | 4.81 | 175,621 | 7,957 | 4.37 | 168,647 | 5,439 | 3.15 | |||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | (1,515) | (1,419) | (1,101) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued income and other assets | 17,322 | 17,425 | 18,340 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued assets | 296 | 384 | 492 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | 187,111 | $ | 192,011 | $ | 186,378 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| LIABILITIES | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Money market deposits | $ | 39,525 | $ | 1,146 | 2.90 | % | $ | 34,539 | $ | 666 | 1.93 | % | $ | 35,966 | $ | 52 | .14 | % | ||||||||
| Demand deposits | 56,130 | 1,402 | 2.50 | 54,711 | 1,102 | 2.01 | 49,707 | 182 | .37 | |||||||||||||||||
| Savings deposits | 5,010 | 7 | .14 | 6,343 | 3 | .04 | 7,798 | 1 | .01 | |||||||||||||||||
| Time deposits | 16,497 | 752 | 4.56 | 13,794 | 551 | 4.00 | 4,347 | 44 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 117,162 | 3,307 | 2.82 | 109,387 | 2,322 | 2.12 | 97,818 | 279 | .29 | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | 103 | 4 | 4.35 | 1,647 | 79 | 4.81 | 2,107 | 41 | 1.93 | |||||||||||||||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | 2,984 | 164 | 5.49 | 5,890 | 308 | 5.24 | 2,963 | 90 | 3.02 | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term debt (g) | 17,279 | 1,187 | 6.87 | 20,983 | 1,305 | 6.22 | 14,915 | 475 | 3.19 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 137,528 | 4,662 | 3.39 | 137,907 | 4,014 | 2.91 | 117,803 | 885 | .75 | |||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing deposits | 28,993 | 34,672 | 49,044 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued expense and other liabilities | 4,886 | 5,167 | 4,309 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued liabilities (f) | 296 | 384 | 492 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 171,703 | 178,130 | 171,648 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total equity | 15,408 | 13,881 | 14,730 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity | $ | 187,111 | $ | 192,011 | $ | 186,378 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread (TE) | 1.42 | % | 1.46 | % | 2.40 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE) | $ | 3,810 | 2.16 | % | $ | 3,943 | 2.17 | % | $ | 4,554 | 2.64 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Less: TE adjustment (b) | 45 | 30 | 27 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income, GAAP basis | $ | 3,765 | $ | 3,913 | $ | 4,527 |
(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.
(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a taxabale-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.
(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $215 million, $196 million, and $157 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2024, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(e)Yield presented is calculated on the basis of amortized cost excluding fair value hedge basis adjustments. The average amortized cost for securities available for sale was $42.2 billion and $44.0 billion for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively. Yield based on the fair value of securities available for sale was 3.08% and 2.10% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.
(f)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.
(g)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.
55
Table of contents
Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.
Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations
| 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageVolume | Yield/ Rate | Net Change(a) | |||||
| INTEREST INCOME | ||||||||
| Loans | $ | (568) | $ | 390 | $ | (178) | ||
| Loans held for sale | (2) | 1 | (1) | |||||
| Securities available for sale | (13) | 362 | 349 | |||||
| Held-to-maturity securities | (36) | 8 | (28) | |||||
| Trading account assets | 2 | 4 | 6 | |||||
| Short-term investments | 401 | (23) | 378 | |||||
| Other investments | (11) | — | (11) | |||||
| Total interest income (TE) | (227) | 742 | 515 | |||||
| INTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||
| Money market deposits | 107 | 373 | 480 | |||||
| Demand deposits | 29 | 271 | 300 | |||||
| Savings deposits | (1) | 5 | 4 | |||||
| Time deposits | 117 | 84 | 201 | |||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 252 | 733 | 985 | |||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | (62) | (13) | (75) | |||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | (159) | 15 | (144) | |||||
| Long-term debt | (245) | 127 | (118) | |||||
| Total interest expense | (214) | 862 | 648 | |||||
| Net interest income (TE) | $ | (13) | $ | (120) | $ | (133) |
(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Provision for credit losses
Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $335 million for 2024, compared to $489 million for 2023. The decrease in our provision for credit losses was driven by reserve releases, partly offset by higher net charge-offs. The net reserve release in 2024 was driven by changes in the economic outlook and planned balance sheet optimization efforts, which offset reserve increases attributable to asset quality migration. The higher net charge-offs were largely driven by the commercial and industrial portfolio.
56
Table of contents
Noninterest income
Noninterest income for 2024 was $809 million, inclusive of the $1.8 billion loss from the investment portfolio repositioning, compared to $2.5 billion during 2023. Noninterest income represented 18% of total revenue for 2024 and 39% of total revenue for 2023.
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 3. Noninterest Income
57
Table of contents
Trust and investment services income
Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management fees, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2024, trust and investment services income increased $41 million, or 7.9%. This was primarily due to an increase in investment management income and other fees stemming from increased assets under management.
A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2024, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $61.4 billion, compared to $54.9 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase from 2023 to 2024 was attributable to movements in the market and net new business.
Figure 4. Assets Under Management or Administration
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | Amount | Percent | |||||||
| Discretionary assets under management by investment type: | |||||||||||
| Equity | $ | 34,541 | $ | 30,724 | $ | 3,817 | 12.4 | % | |||
| Fixed income | 13,942 | 13,775 | 167 | 1.2 | |||||||
| Money market | 6,785 | 6,187 | 598 | 9.7 | |||||||
| Total discretionary assets under management | $ | 55,268 | $ | 50,686 | $ | 4,582 | 9.0 | % | |||
| Non-discretionary assets under administration | 6,093 | 4,173 | 1,920 | 46.0 | |||||||
| Total | $ | 61,361 | $ | 54,859 | $ | 6,502 | 11.9 | % |
Investment banking and debt placement fees
Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity securities underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and debt placement advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2024, investment banking and debt placement fees increased $146 million, or 26.9%, from the prior year reflective of growth across all products excluding commercial mortgage activity.
Service charges on deposit accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $9 million, or 3.3%, in 2024 compared to the prior year. This decrease was driven by lower overdraft, maintenance, and service fees, offset slightly by higher account analysis fees.
Cards and payments income
Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income decreased $9 million, or 2.6%, in 2024 compared to 2023, driven by a decrease in debit interchange fees, partially offset by an increase in card reward costs.
Other noninterest income
Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, net securities gains (losses), and other income. Other noninterest income decreased $1.8 billion in 2024 compared to 2023, primarily attributable to approximately $1.8 billion in losses on the sales of securities available for sale as part of portfolio repositioning activity during the third and fourth quarters of 2024. Excluding the impact of the repositioning activity, other noninterest income was relatively flat, increasing $3 million, reflecting an increase in commercial mortgage servicing fees offset by decreases in operating lease income and corporate services income.
Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense for 2024 was $4.5 billion, compared to $4.7 billion for 2023. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024.
58
Table of contents
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 5. Noninterest Expense
(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.
Personnel
As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $54 million, or 2.0%, in 2024 compared to 2023. Overall activity for the year was driven by higher incentive compensation from strong capital markets activity during the year, partially offset by a decrease in severance expense. Salaries and contract labor were down reflecting a decrease in FTE’s, offset slightly by increased contract labor costs.
Figure 6. Personnel Expense
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | Change 2024 vs. 2023 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Amount | Percent | ||||||||
| Salaries and contract labor | $ | 1,609 | $ | 1,649 | $ | (40) | (2.4) | % | |||
| Incentive and stock-based compensation (a) | 661 | 525 | 136 | 25.9 | |||||||
| Employee benefits | 442 | 405 | 37 | 9.1 | |||||||
| Severance | 2 | 81 | (79) | N/M | |||||||
| Total personnel expense | $ | 2,714 | $ | 2,660 | $ | 54 | 2.0 | % |
N/M - Not meaningful
(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $4 million in 2024 and $3 million in 2023, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.
59
Table of contents
Non-personnel expense
In total, other non-personnel expense decreased $243 million, or 11.7%, in 2024 compared to 2023 primarily due to items impacting non-personnel expense in 2023, including a $190 million FDIC special assessment charge, as well as corporate real estate related rationalization costs recorded within other expense.
Income taxes
We recorded a tax benefit from continuing operations of $143 million for 2024, compared to tax expense of $196 million for 2023. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 46.6% for 2024 and 16.9% for 2023. The tax benefit recorded and increased effective tax rate for the year resulted primarily from the $1.8 billion loss on the sales of securities incurred as part of a strategic repositioning of our securities portfolio.
In 2024, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, and tax credits associated with low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).
Business Segment Results
This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.
Consumer Bank
Segment imperatives
•Execute a relationship-oriented growth strategy, which will enable us to grow (i) stable, low-cost deposits and (ii) valuable fee income streams, including wealth management and cards and payments
•Simplify our business to improve execution and efficiency while managing risk
•Meet the needs of our clients and communities in markets where we operate
Market and business overview
As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but also for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. Key Consumer Bank’s focus on durable, long-term client relationships centered in core checking has been evident through the execution of our strategic priorities through focus areas such as developing a core Consumer relationship product suite and driving long-term deposits and fee income through new and enhanced products and services. Key continues to adapt to an increasingly digital world with an increased focus on client experience across our online banking channels. The advice our bankers provide, in combination with our products, services and digital platforms, place Key in a strong position to develop long-lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Our goal is to help our clients move forward on their financial journeys and to be by their sides along the way.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $283 million in 2024, compared to $202 million in 2023, an increase of 40.1%, largely driven by favorable rates on deposits and lower FDIC special assessment charges
•Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased in 2024 by $67 million, or 3.0%, from the prior year, due to favorable rates on deposits
•Average loans and leases decreased in 2024 by $3.0 billion, or 7.3%, from the prior year, driven by broad-based declines across all loan categories
•Average deposits increased in 2024 by $3.1 billion, or 3.7%, from the prior year, driven by growth in retail deposits, particularly in money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit
60
Table of contents
•Provision for credit losses increased $15 million in 2024 compared to the prior year, driven by higher net charge-offs, partly offset by a reserve release due to changes in the portfolio and economic conditions
•Noninterest income decreased in 2024 by $12 million, or 1.3%, driven by decreases in cards and payments income and service charges on deposit accounts
•Noninterest expense decreased in 2024 by $67 million, or 2.4%, primarily reflective of lower FDIC special assessment charges
Commercial Bank
Segment imperatives
•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities
•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients
•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets
61
Table of contents
Market and business overview
Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $1.1 billion in 2024, compared to $885 million in 2023, an increase of 23.3%, largely driven by an increase in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income, along with lower FDIC assessment charges
•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2024 by $61 million, or 3.3%, from the prior year, primarily driven by a reduction in loan balances
•Average loan and lease balances decreased $7.3 billion in 2024, or 9.6%, driven by a decline in commercial and industrial loans
•Average deposit balances increased $3.0 billion in 2024, or 5.4%, driven by our focus on growing deposits across our commercial businesses
•Provision for credit losses decreased $152 million in 2024 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve releases due to changes in the portfolio and economic conditions, partially offset by higher net charge-offs
•Noninterest income increased $198 million in 2024, or 13.8%, from the prior year, driven by growth in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income
•Noninterest expense increased by $28 million in 2024, or 1.6%, from the prior year, primarily due to increases in incentive compensation and other personnel expenses, partially offset by decreases in FDIC special assessment charges and operating lease expenses
62
Table of contents
Financial Condition
Loans and loans held for sale
Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans as of December 31, 2024
(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer loans and Credit cards. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.
Figure 8 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.
Figure 8. Composition of Loans
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | Amount | Percent of Total | Amount | Percent of Total | ||||||||||
| COMMERCIAL | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (a) | $ | 52,909 | 50.7 | % | $ | 55,815 | 49.6 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 13,310 | 12.8 | 15,187 | 13.5 | ||||||||||
| Construction | 2,936 | 2.8 | 3,066 | 2.7 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 16,246 | 15.6 | 18,253 | 16.2 | ||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing (b) | 2,736 | 2.6 | 3,523 | 3.1 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 71,891 | 68.9 | 77,591 | 68.9 | ||||||||||
| CONSUMER | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 19,886 | 19.1 | 20,958 | 18.6 | ||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 6,358 | 6.1 | 7,139 | 6.4 | ||||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 5,167 | 5.0 | 5,916 | 5.2 | ||||||||||
| Credit cards | 958 | 0.9 | 1,002 | 0.9 | ||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 32,369 | 31.1 | 35,015 | 31.1 | ||||||||||
| Total loans (c) | $ | 104,260 | 100.0 | % | $ | 112,606 | 100.0 | % |
(a)Loan balances include $212 million and $207 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.
(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $3 million and $7 million at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).
(c)Total loans exclude loans of $257 million at December 31, 2024, and $339 million at December 31, 2023, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.
63
Table of contents
At December 31, 2024, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $104.3 billion, compared to $112.6 billion at the end of 2023. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”
Commercial loan portfolio
Commercial loans outstanding were $71.9 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $5.7 billion, or 7.3%, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily reflecting declines in commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans.
Figure 9 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.
Figure 9. Commercial Loans by Industry
| December 31, 2024 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 875 | $ | 99 | $ | 80 | $ | 1,054 | 1.5 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 2,173 | 673 | 2 | 2,848 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 2,899 | 262 | 81 | 3,242 | 4.5 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 7,799 | 11,909 | 3 | 19,711 | 27.4 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 1,839 | 258 | 203 | 2,300 | 3.2 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,556 | 533 | 190 | 4,279 | 5.9 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,127 | 616 | 328 | 5,071 | 7.1 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 1,740 | 159 | 137 | 2,036 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 10,103 | 99 | 209 | 10,411 | 14.5 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 2,707 | 1,204 | 210 | 4,121 | 5.7 | |||||||||||||
| Materials and extraction | 2,135 | 196 | 134 | 2,465 | 3.4 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 1,950 | 28 | 10 | 1,988 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 1,961 | 7 | 387 | 2,355 | 3.3 | |||||||||||||
| Technology, media, and telecom | 521 | 10 | 44 | 575 | .8 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 849 | 127 | 291 | 1,267 | 1.8 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 7,279 | 6 | 422 | 7,707 | 10.7 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 396 | 60 | 5 | 461 | .6 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 52,909 | $ | 16,246 | $ | 2,736 | $ | 71,891 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 925 | $ | 114 | $ | 74 | $ | 1,113 | 1.4 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 2,153 | 833 | 4 | 2,990 | 3.9 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 3,387 | 243 | 112 | 3,742 | 4.8 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 8,229 | 13,113 | 8 | 21,350 | 27.5 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 2,311 | 292 | 265 | 2,868 | 3.7 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,851 | 622 | 268 | 4,741 | 6.1 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,568 | 774 | 327 | 5,669 | 7.3 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 2,405 | 171 | 168 | 2,744 | 3.5 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 8,908 | 104 | 284 | 9,296 | 12.0 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 3,222 | 1,456 | 303 | 4,981 | 6.4 | |||||||||||||
| Materials and extraction | 2,402 | 304 | 152 | 2,858 | 3.7 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 2,212 | 37 | 12 | 2,261 | 2.9 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,241 | 8 | 513 | 2,762 | 3.6 | |||||||||||||
| Technology, media, and telecom | 807 | 11 | 78 | 896 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 988 | 97 | 466 | 1,551 | 2.0 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 6,418 | 6 | 459 | 6,883 | 8.9 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 788 | 68 | 30 | 886 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 55,815 | $ | 18,253 | $ | 3,523 | $ | 77,591 | 100.0 | % |
Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 51% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2024, and 50% at December 31, 2023. This portfolio is approximately 89% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.
Commercial and industrial loans totaled $52.9 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $2.9 billion, or 5.2%, compared to December 31, 2023. The decrease was broad-based and spread across most industry categories, reflecting our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.
64
Table of contents
Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate portfolio includes project loans primarily focused in market-rate and affordable multi-family housing loans, owner-occupied commercial and industrial operating company buildings, and community center grocer-anchored retail centers. These three commercial real estate segments make up 75% of our commercial real estate portfolio. Our non-owner-occupied portfolio is focused on operators of commercial real estate who not only utilize our loan products, but also our broader industry-focused products and services and provide consistent pipelines into our agency, CMBS, and other long-term market take out products. This focus ensures our relationship clients foster and build portfolios with stable, recurring cash flows, with adequate, balanced cash reserves to support our balance sheet exposures through the economic cycle.
At December 31, 2024, commercial real estate loans totaled $16.2 billion, which includes $13.3 billion of mortgage loans and $2.9 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2023, this portfolio decreased $2.0 billion or 11.0%, driven mainly by decreases in nonowner-occupied.
Since the global financial crisis in 2008, we have limited our construction business and reduced our overall construction loans from 42% to 18% of commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2024. Construction loans provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project. As of December 31, 2024, 82% of our construction portfolio are multi-family project loans. Our office exposure only represents 5% of commercial real estate loans at period end.
As shown in Figure 10, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.
65
Table of contents
Figure 10. Commercial Real Estate Loans
| Geographic Region | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | West | Southwest | Central | Midwest | Southeast | Northeast | National | Total | Percent of Total | Construction | CommercialMortgage | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Data Center | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 98 | $ | 54 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 152 | .9 | % | $ | — | $ | 152 | |||||||||
| Diversified | 1 | — | — | 3 | — | 13 | 118 | 135 | .8 | — | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Industrial | 44 | 1 | 95 | 103 | 214 | 258 | 18 | 733 | 4.5 | 54 | 679 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 10 | 7 | 3 | 7 | — | 21 | — | 48 | .3 | 28 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 48 | — | 12 | 14 | 46 | 55 | 59 | 234 | 1.4 | — | 234 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 35 | 43 | 42 | — | 37 | 97 | 17 | 271 | 1.7 | — | 271 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 1,303 | 485 | 1,201 | 1,204 | 2,325 | 1,336 | 156 | 8,010 | 49.3 | 2,405 | 5,605 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 152 | 1 | 129 | 77 | 134 | 232 | 13 | 738 | 4.5 | — | 738 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 152 | 6 | 81 | 172 | 97 | 293 | 79 | 880 | 5.4 | 43 | 837 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 44 | — | 44 | 8 | 222 | 18 | 24 | 360 | 2.2 | 14 | 346 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 172 | 39 | 97 | 85 | 54 | 142 | 4 | 593 | 3.7 | 154 | 439 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | — | — | — | 132 | 170 | 90 | 392 | 2.4 | — | 392 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | 41 | — | 13 | 63 | 123 | — | — | 240 | 1.5 | 50 | 190 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 1 | 10 | 7 | 112 | 40 | 48 | — | 218 | 1.3 | — | 218 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 2,003 | 592 | 1,724 | 1,946 | 3,478 | 2,683 | 578 | 13,004 | 80.0 | 2,748 | 10,256 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,078 | — | 330 | 601 | 182 | 1,051 | — | 3,242 | 20.0 | 188 | 3,054 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 3,081 | $ | 592 | $ | 2,054 | $ | 2,547 | $ | 3,660 | $ | 3,734 | $ | 578 | $ | 16,246 | 100.0 | % | $ | 2,936 | $ | 13,310 | |||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | 5 | $ | — | $ | 64 | $ | 80 | $ | 81 | $ | 13 | $ | — | $ | 243 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 243 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | 10 | — | 2 | 1 | — | 7 | — | 20 | N/M | 4 | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 1 | — | — | 3 | 19 | 9 | — | 32 | N/M | — | 32 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Data Center | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | — | % | $ | — | $ | — | |||||||||
| Diversified | 3 | — | — | 3 | — | 16 | 164 | 186 | 1.0 | — | 186 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Industrial | 58 | 24 | 80 | 110 | 230 | 280 | 20 | 802 | 4.4 | 168 | 634 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 5 | 3 | 3 | 5 | 3 | 21 | — | 40 | .2 | 18 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 48 | — | 3 | 4 | 46 | 66 | 55 | 222 | 1.2 | 5 | 217 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 37 | — | 42 | 1 | 21 | 97 | 75 | 273 | 1.5 | 27 | 246 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 1,237 | 552 | 1,271 | 1,272 | 2,707 | 1,370 | 444 | 8,853 | 48.5 | 2,389 | 6,464 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 142 | — | 153 | 76 | 118 | 285 | 50 | 824 | 4.5 | — | 824 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 213 | 6 | 84 | 183 | 102 | 297 | 213 | 1,098 | 6.0 | 75 | 1,023 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 62 | — | 45 | 15 | 72 | 32 | 171 | 397 | 2.2 | 4 | 393 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 124 | 22 | 143 | 88 | 65 | 120 | 213 | 775 | 4.2 | 126 | 649 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | — | — | 66 | — | 202 | 215 | 483 | 2.6 | — | 483 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | — | — | — | 27 | 158 | — | — | 185 | 1.0 | 59 | 126 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 1 | 12 | 8 | 35 | 37 | 67 | 160 | 320 | 1.8 | — | 320 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 1,930 | 619 | 1,832 | 1,885 | 3,559 | 2,853 | 1,780 | 14,458 | 79.2 | 2,871 | 11,587 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,141 | 1 | 414 | 720 | 167 | 1,352 | — | 3,795 | 20.8 | 195 | 3,600 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 3,071 | $ | 620 | $ | 2,246 | $ | 2,605 | $ | 3,726 | $ | 4,205 | $ | 1,780 | $ | 18,253 | 100.0 | % | $ | 3,066 | $ | 15,187 | |||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | 1 | $ | — | $ | 46 | $ | 1 | $ | 9 | $ | 5 | $ | 38 | $ | 100 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 100 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | 1 | — | — | 6 | — | 3 | — | 10 | N/M | — | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 3 | — | 12 | — | 7 | 7 | — | 29 | N/M | — | 29 |
| West – | Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming |
|---|---|
| Southwest – | Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico |
| Central – | Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah |
| Midwest – | Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin |
| Southeast – | Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia |
| Northeast – | Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont |
| National – | Accounts in three or more regions |
Consumer loan portfolio
Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2024, totaled $32.4 billion, a decrease of $2.6 billion, or 7.6%, from one year ago. The decrease was driven by declines across all consumer loan categories and reflect the higher interest rate environment and our focus on originating salable loans.
The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2024, representing approximately 61% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 20% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.
66
Table of contents
We held the first lien position for approximately 65% of the home equity portfolio at December 31, 2024, and 64% at December 31, 2023. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”.
Figure 11 presents our consumer loans by geography.
Figure 11. Consumer Loans by State
| Dollars in millions | Real estate — residential mortgage | Home equity loans | Consumer direct loans | Credit cards | Total | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| Washington | $ | 4,312 | $ | 929 | $ | 214 | $ | 85 | $ | 5,540 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,662 | 895 | 111 | 197 | 3,865 | ||||||||||
| New York | 723 | 1,756 | 737 | 330 | 3,546 | ||||||||||
| Colorado | 2,891 | 258 | 131 | 30 | 3,310 | ||||||||||
| California | 2,191 | 12 | 442 | 3 | 2,648 | ||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,195 | 532 | 92 | 40 | 1,859 | ||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 403 | 449 | 333 | 60 | 1,245 | ||||||||||
| Florida | 733 | 41 | 384 | 13 | 1,171 | ||||||||||
| Utah | 805 | 232 | 56 | 18 | 1,111 | ||||||||||
| Connecticut | 684 | 223 | 105 | 28 | 1,040 | ||||||||||
| Other | 3,287 | 1,031 | 2,562 | 154 | 7,034 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 19,886 | $ | 6,358 | $ | 5,167 | $ | 958 | $ | 32,369 | |||||
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Washington | $ | 4,520 | $ | 1,020 | $ | 227 | $ | 88 | $ | 5,855 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,704 | 1,029 | 251 | 203 | 4,187 | ||||||||||
| New York | 805 | 1,993 | 775 | 347 | 3,920 | ||||||||||
| Colorado | 3,001 | 277 | 149 | 32 | 3,459 | ||||||||||
| California | 2,294 | 14 | 500 | 3 | 2,811 | ||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,269 | 585 | 108 | 43 | 2,005 | ||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 445 | 517 | 379 | 63 | 1,404 | ||||||||||
| Florida | 782 | 42 | 416 | 14 | 1,254 | ||||||||||
| Utah | 851 | 252 | 64 | 18 | 1,185 | ||||||||||
| Connecticut | 765 | 255 | 113 | 29 | 1,162 | ||||||||||
| Other | 3,522 | 1,155 | 2,934 | 162 | 7,773 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 20,958 | $ | 7,139 | $ | 5,916 | $ | 1,002 | $ | 35,015 |
67
Table of contents
Loan sales
As shown in Figure 12, during 2024, we sold $8.2 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $120 million during 2024.
Figure 12 summarizes our loan sales during 2024 and 2023.
Figure 12. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)
| Dollars in millions | Commercial | CommercialReal Estate | CommercialLeaseFinancing | ResidentialReal Estate | Total | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 150 | $ | 2,584 | $ | — | $ | 342 | $ | 3,076 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 60 | 1,406 | 90 | 393 | 1,949 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 56 | 860 | 61 | 312 | 1,289 | |||||||||||
| First quarter | 86 | 1,554 | 85 | 209 | 1,934 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 352 | $ | 6,404 | $ | 236 | $ | 1,256 | $ | 8,248 | ||||||
| 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 34 | $ | 1,735 | $ | 21 | $ | 340 | $ | 2,130 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 85 | 2,861 | 49 | 345 | 3,340 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 118 | 1,431 | 28 | 283 | 1,860 | |||||||||||
| First quarter | 125 | 1,121 | 164 | 135 | 1,545 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 362 | $ | 7,148 | $ | 262 | $ | 1,103 | $ | 8,875 |
Figure 13 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.
Figure 13. Loans Administered or Serviced
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commercial real estate loans | $ | 557,633 | $ | 499,449 | $ | 488,478 | ||
| Residential mortgage | 11,344 | 11,193 | 11,026 | |||||
| Education loans | 189 | 248 | 312 | |||||
| Commercial lease financing | 1,735 | 1,946 | 1,646 | |||||
| Commercial loans | 603 | 667 | 723 | |||||
| Consumer direct | 328 | 408 | 509 | |||||
| Consumer indirect | 319 | 792 | 1,536 | |||||
| Total | $ | 572,151 | $ | 514,703 | $ | 504,230 |
In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $7.8 billion of the $572.2 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2024. These are primarily associated with commercial real estate loans administered or serviced. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”
We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).
68
Table of contents
Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates
Figure 14 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2024.
Figure 14. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | Within One Year | One - Five Years | Five - Fifteen Years | Over Fifteen Years | Total | |||||||||
| Commercial | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 13,360 | $ | 35,689 | $ | 3,733 | $ | 127 | $ | 52,909 | ||||
| Commercial Mortgage | 6,483 | 4,322 | 2,176 | 329 | 13,310 | |||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 1,829 | 750 | 165 | 192 | 2,936 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 181 | 1,586 | 969 | — | 2,736 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | $ | 21,853 | $ | 42,347 | $ | 7,043 | $ | 648 | $ | 71,891 | ||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate - residential mortgage | $ | 183 | $ | 36 | $ | 678 | $ | 18,989 | $ | 19,886 | ||||
| Home equity loans | 99 | 205 | 1,798 | 4,256 | 6,358 | |||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 505 | 807 | 2,040 | 1,815 | 5,167 | |||||||||
| Credit Cards | 958 | — | — | — | 958 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 1,745 | 1,048 | 4,516 | 25,060 | 32,369 | |||||||||
| Total loans | $ | 23,598 | $ | 43,395 | $ | 11,559 | $ | 25,708 | $ | 104,260 | ||||
| Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b) | $ | 37,592 | $ | 2,991 | $ | 12,385 | $ | 52,968 | ||||||
| Loans with predetermined interest rates (c) | 5,803 | 8,568 | 13,323 | 27,694 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 43,395 | $ | 11,559 | $ | 25,708 | $ | 80,662 |
(a)Accrued interest of $456 million at December 31, 2024, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.
(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.
(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.
Securities
Our securities portfolio is constructed to store liquidity and help manage interest rate risk, including holding securities used to accommodate pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio totaled $45.1 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $45.8 billion at December 31, 2023. Available-for-sale securities were $37.7 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $37.2 billion at December 31, 2023. Held-to-maturity securities were $7.4 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $8.6 billion at December 31, 2023.
As shown in Figure 15, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).
Figure 15. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| FHLMC & FNMA | $ | 14,291 | $ | 24,302 | |
| GNMA | 21,573 | 11,665 | |||
| Total (a) | $ | 35,864 | $ | 35,967 |
(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.
69
Table of contents
Securities available for sale
The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of federal agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. In September 2024, we initiated a strategic repositioning of our securities available for sale portfolio by selling approximately $7.0 billion in market value of low-yielding mortgage-backed securities. The investment securities that were sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 2.3% and an average duration of approximately six years. Reinvestment of the proceeds from the sale was completed in October 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of approximately 4.95% and an average duration of approximately four years. During the third quarter of 2024, along with our customary sale of short-dated U.S. Treasuries set to mature within the quarter, we also sold approximately $3 billion in U.S. Treasuries yielding 50 basis points that were set to mature in the fourth quarter of 2024.
In December 2024, we completed the strategic repositioning of our securities available-for-sale portfolio by selling an additional $3.0 billion of low-yielding investment securities and terminating approximately $3.0 billion of fair value hedges. The investment securities sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 1.5% and an average duration of approximately eight years. Reinvestment of the proceeds from the sale was completed in December 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of 5.5% and an average duration of approximately four years.
Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).
70
Table of contents
Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale
| Dollars in millions | U.S. Treasury, Agencies, and Corporations | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 2,585 | $ | 4 | $ | 6 | $ | 580 | $ | 3,175 | 3.93 | % | |||||||
| After one through five years | 6,212 | 1,140 | 2,931 | 612 | 10,895 | 3.66 | |||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 40 | 6,073 | 6,934 | 2,358 | 15,405 | 3.29 | |||||||||||||
| After ten years | 67 | 2,007 | 5,298 | 860 | 8,232 | 3.49 | |||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 8,904 | $ | 9,224 | $ | 15,169 | $ | 4,410 | $ | 37,707 | |||||||||
| Amortized cost(b) | 8,928 | 11,409 | 16,038 | 4,927 | 41,302 | 3.48 | % | ||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield(c) | 4.21 | % | 1.98 | % | 4.32 | % | 2.91 | % | 3.48 | % | — | ||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 1.7 years | 8.3 years | 9.9 years | 6.7 years | 7.3 years | — | |||||||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 9,026 | $ | 15,478 | $ | 3,589 | $ | 9,092 | $ | 37,185 | — | % | |||||||
| Amortized cost | 9,300 | 18,911 | 4,189 | 10,295 | 42,695 | 1.79 |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Excluded from the amortized cost of securities available for sale are basis adjustments for securities designated in active fair value hedges. Basis adjustments totaled $(6) million and $140 million as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The securities being hedged are primarily U.S Treasuries, Agency RMBS, and Agency CMBS.
(c)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
Held-to-maturity securities
The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of federal agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities and foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.
Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities
| Dollars in millions | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Asset-backed securities(a) | Other Securities | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 35 | $ | — | $ | 41 | $ | 2 | $ | 7 | $ | 85 | 2.54 | % | ||||||||||
| After one through five years | 1,160 | 101 | 1,221 | 304 | 19 | 2,805 | 3.05 | |||||||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 2,429 | 7 | 236 | 2 | — | 2,674 | 3.59 | |||||||||||||||||
| After ten years | 953 | 43 | 835 | — | — | 1,831 | 3.79 | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 4,577 | $ | 151 | $ | 2,333 | $ | 308 | $ | 26 | $ | 7,395 | 3.43 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 4,248 | 134 | 2,130 | 300 | 25 | 6,837 | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield(b) | 3.78 | % | 2.82 | % | 2.94 | % | 2.09 | % | 4.17 | % | 3.43 | % | — | |||||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 7.2 years | 7.1 years | 8.3 years | 1.4 years | 1.9 years | 7.3 years | — | |||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 5,170 | $ | 165 | $ | 2,473 | $ | 738 | $ | 29 | $ | 8,575 | 3.49 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 4,896 | 152 | 2,270 | 709 | 29 | 8,056 | — |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
71
Table of contents
Deposits and other sources of funds
Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2024
The following presents the breakdown of our deposits by product for the noted periods.
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Money market deposits | $ | 41.0 | $ | 37.0 | |
| Demand deposits | 57.6 | 57.7 | |||
| Savings deposits | 4.6 | 5.4 | |||
| Time deposits | 17.0 | 14.8 | |||
| Noninterest bearing deposits | 29.6 | 30.7 | |||
| Total | $ | 149.8 | $ | 145.6 |
Our highly diversified deposit base is our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2024, our deposits totaled $149.8 billion, an increase of $4.2 billion, compared to December 31, 2023. The increase reflects our durable relationship-based business model, in addition to changing client behavior as a result of higher interest rates.
Uninsured deposits totaled $64.4 billion and $61.5 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.
Figure 19 presents estimated uninsured deposits for the noted periods which reflect amounts disclosed in KeyBank’s Call Report adjusted for intercompany deposits, which are not customer facing and are eliminated in consolidation, and accrued interest.
72
Table of contents
Figure 19. Estimated Uninsured Deposits
| December 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Uninsured deposits(a) | $ | 64.4 | $ | 61.5 | ||||
| Total deposits | 149.8 | 145.6 | ||||||
| Uninsured % of Deposits | 43 | % | 42 | % | ||||
| (a) Intercompany deposits and accrued interest excluded from uninsured deposits | $ | 12.4 | $ | 9.5 |
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, approximately $12.3 billion and $13.1 billion, respectively, of uninsured deposits were collateralized by government-backed securities.
Figure 20 presents the maturity distribution of estimated uninsured time deposits.
Figure 20. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||
| Three months or less | $ | 575 | $ | 480 | |
| After three through six months | 582 | 324 | |||
| After six through twelve months | 220 | 353 | |||
| After twelve months | 77 | 52 | |||
| Total | $ | 1,454 | $ | 1,209 |
Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $14.2 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $22.6 billion at December 31, 2023. The decrease reflects our balance sheet optimization efforts, which reduced our need for wholesale borrowings. For more information regarding our wholesale funds, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations under the heading “Risk Management - Liquidity risk management” of this report.
Capital
Our capital management objective is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and of a sufficient amount to operate under a wide range of economic conditions. Our current capital levels position us well to execute against our capital priorities including supporting organic growth and paying dividends.
The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.
Dividends
Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.205 per Common Share for each of the four quarters of 2024. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.82 per Common Share for 2024.
Common Shares outstanding
Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 27,154 holders of record at December 31, 2024. Our book value per Common Share was $14.21 based on 1.1 billion shares outstanding at
73
Table of contents
December 31, 2024, compared to $13.02 based on 936.6 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, our tangible book value per Common Share was $11.70, compared to $10.02 at December 31, 2023.
Figure 21 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.
Figure 21. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding
| 2024 Quarters | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| In thousands | 2024 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2023 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at beginning of period | 936,564 | 991,251 | 943,200 | 942,776 | 936,564 | 933,325 | |||||
| Open market share repurchases | — | — | — | — | — | (2,550) | |||||
| Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations and returns) | 7,351 | 493 | 222 | 424 | 6,212 | 5,789 | |||||
| Shares issued under Scotiabank investment agreement | 162,871 | 115,042 | 47,829 | — | — | — | |||||
| Shares outstanding at end of period | 1,106,786 | 1,106,786 | 991,251 | 943,200 | 942,776 | 936,564 |
During 2024, Common Shares outstanding increased by 170.2 million shares, primarily driven by issuances under the Scotiabank investment agreement. For more information on share activity, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
At December 31, 2024, we had 149.9 million treasury shares, compared to 320.1 million treasury shares at December 31, 2023. The decrease in treasury shares during the year was primarily attributable to the issuance of 162.9 million shares to Scotiabank in connection with the strategic minority investment. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.
Capital adequacy
Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2024. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 9.7% at December 31, 2024, compared to 7.8% at December 31, 2023. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 7.0% at December 31, 2024, compared to 5.1% at December 31, 2023. The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2024, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.
Figure 22 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
74
Table of contents
Figure 22. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets
| December 31, Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 | ||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP) | $ | 18,176 | $ | 14,637 | ||
| Less: | Preferred Stock (a) | 2,446 | 2,446 | |||
| Add: | CECL phase-in (b) | 59 | 118 | |||
| Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions | 15,789 | 12,309 | ||||
| Less: | Goodwill, net of deferred taxes | 2,574 | 2,594 | |||
| Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes | 24 | 49 | ||||
| Deferred tax assets | 172 | 1 | ||||
| Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes | (2,729) | (4,296) | ||||
| Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes | (438) | (656) | ||||
| Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes | (303) | (277) | ||||
| Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital | 16,489 | 14,894 | ||||
| TIER 1 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 16,489 | 14,894 | ||||
| Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus | 2,445 | 2,446 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 1 capital | 18,934 | 17,340 | ||||
| TIER 2 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus | 1,767 | 2,020 | ||||
| Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c) | 1,635 | 1,668 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 2 capital | 3,402 | 3,688 | ||||
| Total risk-based capital | $ | 22,336 | $ | 21,028 | ||
| RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS | ||||||
| Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet | $ | 105,047 | $ | 115,861 | ||
| Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure | 31,883 | 31,555 | ||||
| Market risk-equivalent assets | 1,366 | 1,159 | ||||
| Gross risk-weighted assets | 138,296 | 148,575 | ||||
| Less: | Excess allowance for loan and lease losses | — | — | |||
| Net risk-weighted assets | $ | 138,296 | $ | 148,575 | ||
| AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 188,855 | $ | 191,948 | ||
| CAPITAL RATIOS | ||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital | 13.69 | % | 11.67 | % | ||
| Total risk-based capital | 16.15 | 14.15 | ||||
| Leverage (d) | 10.03 | 9.03 | ||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 11.92 | 10.02 |
(a)Net of capital surplus.
(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.
(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $13 million and $16 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.
(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.
Variable interest entities
In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).
75
Table of contents
Commitments to extend credit or funding
Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2024, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”
Other off-balance sheet arrangements
Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”
Guarantees
We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”
Risk Management
Overview
Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.
Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and
76
Table of contents
conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.
77
Table of contents
| Group | Overview and Responsibilities | Activities |
|---|---|---|
| Board of Directors | –Oversight capacity–Oversees that Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is effective and balanced–Fiduciary duty to Key’s shareholders | –Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and promotes accountability |
| Board of Directors Audit Committee (a) | –Assists the Board in oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Assists the Board in oversight of financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk | –Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases |
| Board of Directors Risk Committee (a) | –Assists the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assists the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions | –Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories |
| ERM Committee | –Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising the Chief Risk Officer and other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company | –Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks |
| Disclosure Committee | –Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC | –Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K |
| Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees | –Includes attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls | –Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments |
| Internal Audit | –Provide the KeyCorp Board and management with independent, risk-based, and objective assurance, advice, insight, and foresight. | –Conducts objective examinations of evidence for the purpose of providing independent assessments to the Audit Committee, management, and outside parties on the adequacy and effectiveness of business processes, risk management activities, internal controls, and governance processes for KeyCorp. |
(a) The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.
Market risk management
Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.
78
Table of contents
Trading market risk
Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2024, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.
Governance structure - Trading market risk
Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ERM Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval.
MTRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. MTRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. MTRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.
Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. MTRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2024, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. MTRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.
Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.
•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.
•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.
VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. MTRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR at
79
Table of contents
various confidence levels and the results are closely monitored. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.
We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. Historical moves in risk factors across various asset classes are incorporated in VaR metrics. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.
The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.
Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR for any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023. MTRM backtests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Backtesting exceptions occur when daily held profit and loss exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.
The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.4 million at December 31, 2024, and $1.6 million at December 31, 2023. Figure 23 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.
Figure 23. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 1.3 | $ | .4 | $ | .9 | $ | .8 | $ | 1.3 | $ | .7 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 1.1 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .6 | $ | .4 | $ | .5 | $ | .5 | $ | .5 | $ | .3 | $ | .4 | $ | .4 |
Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $5.2 million at December 31, 2024, and $4.0 million at December 31, 2023. Figure 24 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023. The increase in stressed VaR is due to a change in the size and composition of our fixed income inventory.
Figure 24. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 5.2 | $ | 1.3 | $ | 3.3 | $ | 4.8 | $ | 4.7 | $ | 1.9 | $ | 3.1 | $ | 3.6 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .4 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .3 | $ | .4 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .3 |
80
Table of contents
Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $24 million at December 31, 2024, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by MTRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.
Nontrading market risk
Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board-approved ERM policy.
Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, yield curve risk, option risk, and basis risk.
•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.
•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.
•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.
•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.
Governance structure - Nontrading market risk
The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Treasury Risk Oversight Committee (“TROC”) review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.
Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest
81
Table of contents
income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease from current levels over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).
Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was relatively neutral. The exposure to declining rates has changed from (0.01)% as of December 31, 2023 to 0.15% as of December 31, 2024, as a result of the change in balance sheet mix and positioning. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board-approved tolerances. If a tolerance level is breached and determined inconsistent with risk appetite, the development of a remediation plan is required to reduce exposure back to within tolerance.
Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Basis point change assumption | -200 | 200 | -200 | 200 | ||||
| Tolerance level | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % |
| Interest rate risk assessment | 0.15 | % | (0.39) | % | (0.01) | % | (2.08) | % |
Simulation analyses produce an estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumption inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.
Regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.
The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed-rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed-rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the potential benefit to declining rates would increase by approximately 23 basis points. A five percentage point increase or decrease in the interest-bearing deposit beta assumption changes the current simulation results by approximately 120 basis points.
The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.
Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.
Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +/-200 basis point scenario subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero. This analysis is highly dependent
82
Table of contents
upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2024.
Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing or selling securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.
Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).
Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Weighted-Average | December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | Notional Amount | Fair Value | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | Notional Amount | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional loans | $ | 18,750 | $ | (442) | 1.4 | 2.3 | % | 4.5 | % | $ | 15,000 | $ | (641) | |||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt | 9,818 | (470) | 3.5 | 2.6 | 4.5 | 8,976 | (395) | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward loans | 19,200 | (114) | 3.1 | 3.8 | 4.5 | 4,000 | (27) | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward debt | 950 | (22) | 9.2 | 3.8 | 4.5 | 1,411 | (40) | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt | 50 | 1 | 3.5 | 4.7 | 3.6 | 50 | 1 | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — securities | 9,405 | 5 | 2.8 | 4.5 | 4.1 | 8,655 | (152) | |||||||||||||
| Total portfolio swaps | $ | 58,173 | $ | (1,042) | (a) | 2.7 | 3.2 | % | 4.4 | % | $ | 38,092 | $ | (1,254) | (a) | |||||
| Floors — forward purchased | $ | 3,250 | $ | 2 | 1.1 | — | % | — | % | $ | 3,250 | $ | 26 | |||||||
| Floors — forward sold | 3,250 | (1) | 1.1 | — | — | 3,250 | (11) | |||||||||||||
| Total floors | $ | 6,500 | $ | 1 | — | — | % | — | % | $ | 6,500 | $ | 15 |
(a)Excludes accrued interest of $51 million and $58 million at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.
Governance structure
We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on a consolidated basis. This approach considers the funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions.
The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, the TROC, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.
The committees mentioned above regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive.
83
Table of contents
To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we monitor an extensive set of systematic and idiosyncratic early warning indicators daily.
Factors affecting liquidity
Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.
Our credit ratings at December 31, 2024, are shown in Figure 27. While we believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors, downgrades in our credit ratings could increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us.
Figure 27. Credit Ratings
| December 31, 2024 | Outlook | Short-Term Borrowings | Long-Term Deposits(a) | Senior Long-Term Debt | Subordinated Long-Term Debt | Capital Securities | Preferred Stock |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| KEYCORP | |||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | Stable | A-2 | N/A | BBB | BBB- | BB | BB |
| Moody’s | Stable | P-2 | N/A | Baa2 | Baa2 | Baa3 | Ba1 |
| Fitch | Positive | F2 | N/A | BBB+ | N/A | BB | BB |
| DBRS | Stable | R-1 (low) | N/A | A (low) | BBB (high) | BBB (high) | BBB (low) |
| KEYBANK | |||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | Stable | A-2 | N/A | BBB+ | BBB | N/A | N/A |
| Moody’s | Stable | P-2 | P-1/A2 | Baa1 | Baa2 | N/A | N/A |
| Fitch | Positive | F2 | F2/A- | BBB+ | BBB | N/A | N/A |
| DBRS | Stable | R-1 (low) | A | A | A (low) | N/A | N/A |
(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F2 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.
Managing liquidity risk
Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at any time, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under stressed environments. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.
We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test at the consolidated KeyCorp level. From time to time, we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.
Our primary source of funding for KeyBank is customer deposits resulting in a consolidated loan-to-deposit ratio of 70% as of December 31, 2024. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.
We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high-quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. Figure 28 shows our available contingent liquidity at December 31,
84
Table of contents
2024 and December 31, 2023. In 2024, our secured term borrowings decreased $8.5 billion from a reduction in FHLB borrowings.
Figure 28. Available Contingent Liquidity
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Available contingent liquidity: | |||||
| Unpledged securities | $ | 25.5 | $ | 7.5 | |
| Net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account | 17.4 | 10.7 | |||
| Unused secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland | 36.7 | 54.7 | |||
| Unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB | 18.9 | 13.6 | |||
| Total | $ | 98.5 | $ | 86.5 |
Long-term liquidity strategy
Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is around 80% (at December 31, 2024, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 70.3%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.
Liquidity programs
We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.
KeyBank had no bank note issuances during 2024. At December 31, 2024, there was $20.0 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.
Liquidity for KeyCorp
The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.
We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2024, KeyCorp held $5.2 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.
Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2024, KeyBank paid $750 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2024, KeyBank paid no cash dividends to KeyCorp. KeyCorp issued debt of $1.0 billion in the first
85
Table of contents
quarter of 2024. At December 31, 2024, KeyBank had no regulatory capacity to pay any dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.
Our liquidity position and recent activity
Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has increased primarily due to an increase in Key's cash position. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.
On August 12, 2024, we entered into an Investment Agreement with Scotiabank pursuant to which Scotiabank agreed to make a strategic minority investment in KeyCorp of approximately $2.8 billion, representing approximately 14.9% pro forma common stock ownership of KeyCorp, for a fixed price of $17.17 per share. On August 30, 2024, Scotiabank completed the initial purchase of 47,829,359 of our Common Shares with an investment of approximately $821 million in gross proceeds.
On December 13, 2024, we announced that all necessary bank regulatory approvals had been received for completion of Scotiabank’s strategic minority investment in KeyCorp. On December 27, 2024, Scotiabank completed the final purchase of 115,042,316 of our Common Shares, contemplated under the Investment Agreement with an investment of approximately $2.0 billion. Following the Second Closing, Scotiabank owns approximately 14.9% of our common stock.
In conjunction with the investment from Scotiabank, we executed a strategic repositioning of our securities available-for-sale portfolio, selling $7.0 billion and $3.0 billion in market value of low-yielding investment securities in the third and fourth quarters of 2024, respectively. The sales resulted in a total pre-tax loss of $1.8 billion. Proceeds from the sales were invested in shorter-duration, higher-yielding investment securities.
From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or common shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.
Credit risk management
Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.
Credit policy, approval, and evaluation
We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.
Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.
86
Table of contents
Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.
We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.
Allowance for loan and lease losses
We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. The ALLL at December 31, 2024, represents our best estimate of the lifetime expected credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).
As shown in Figure 29, our ALLL from continuing operations decreased by $99 million, or 6.6%, from December 31, 2023. The commercial ALLL decreased by $23 million, or 2.2%, from December 31, 2023, driven by strategic balance sheet reductions and changes in the economic outlook, partly offset by portfolio credit migration. The consumer ALLL decreased $76 million, or 17.0%, from December 31, 2023, also largely driven by balance sheet reductions and economic forecasts, including improved home price values.
Figure 29. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 639 | 45.4 | % | 50.7 | % | $ | 556 | 36.9 | % | 49.6 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 320 | 22.7 | 12.8 | 419 | 27.8 | 13.5 | |||||||||
| Construction | 51 | 3.6 | 2.8 | 52 | 3.4 | 2.7 | |||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 371 | 26.3 | 15.6 | 471 | 31.2 | 16.2 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 27 | 1.9 | 2.6 | 33 | 2.2 | 3.1 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 1,037 | 73.6 | 68.9 | 1,060 | 70.3 | 68.9 | |||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 90 | 6.4 | 19.1 | 162 | 10.7 | 18.6 | |||||||||
| Home equity loans | 70 | 5.0 | 6.1 | 86 | 5.7 | 6.4 | |||||||||
| Other consumer loans | 136 | 9.6 | 5.0 | 122 | 8.1 | 5.2 | |||||||||
| Credit cards | 76 | 5.4 | .9 | 78 | 5.2 | .9 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 372 | 26.4 | 31.1 | 448 | 29.7 | 31.1 | |||||||||
| Total loans (a) | $ | 1,409 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,508 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $13 million at December 31, 2024, and $16 million at December 31, 2023.
87
Table of contents
Net loan charge-offs
Figure 30 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 32. Figure 31 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.
Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs increased $196 million, with the most significant amounts coming from charge-offs of commercial and industrial loans from consumer goods related exposures.
Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations(a)
| Year ended December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 305 | $ | 144 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 38 | 37 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | (1) | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 2 | (5) | |||
| Total commercial loans | 345 | 175 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | (2) | (3) | |||
| Home equity loans | — | (1) | |||
| Other consumer loans | 56 | 43 | |||
| Credit cards | 41 | 30 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 95 | 69 | |||
| Total net loan charge-offs | $ | 440 | $ | 244 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average loans | .41 | % | .21 | % | |
| Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business | $ | 3 | $ | 3 |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations(a)
| Year ended December 31, | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | 0.56 | % | 0.24 | % |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 0.27 | 0.23 | ||
| Real estate — construction | — | (0.04) | ||
| Commercial lease financing | 0.05 | (0.14) | ||
| Total commercial loans | 0.46 | 0.21 | ||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | (0.01) | (0.01) | ||
| Home equity loans | — | (0.01) | ||
| Other consumer loans | 1.01 | 0.69 | ||
| Credit cards | 4.44 | 3.04 | ||
| Total consumer loans | 0.29 | 0.19 | ||
| Total net loan charge-offs | 0.41 | % | 0.21 | % |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
88
Table of contents
Figure 32. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Average loans outstanding | $ | 107,724 | $ | 118,004 | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period | $ | 1,508 | $ | 1,337 | |
| Loans charged off: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 363 | $ | 188 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 40 | 39 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 40 | 39 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 7 | — | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 410 | 227 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 3 | 1 | |||
| Home equity loans | 2 | 2 | |||
| Other consumer loans | 64 | 51 | |||
| Credit cards | 47 | 37 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 116 | 91 | |||
| Total loans charged off | 526 | 318 | |||
| Recoveries: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | 58 | 44 | |||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 2 | 2 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | 1 | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 2 | 3 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 5 | 5 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 65 | 52 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 5 | 4 | |||
| Home equity loans | 2 | 3 | |||
| Other consumer loans | 8 | 8 | |||
| Credit cards | 6 | 7 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 21 | 22 | |||
| Total recoveries | 86 | 74 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | (440) | (244) | |||
| Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses | 341 | 415 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year | $ | 1,409 | $ | 1,508 | |
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year | 296 | 225 | |||
| Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments | (6) | 74 | |||
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c) | $ | 290 | $ | 296 | |
| Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year | $ | 1,699 | $ | 1,804 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average total loans | .41 | % | .21 | % | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans | 1.35 | 1.34 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans | 1.63 | 1.60 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans | 185.9 | 262.7 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans | 224.1 | % | 314.3 | % | |
| Discontinued operations — education lending business: | |||||
| Loans charged off | $ | 4 | $ | 4 | |
| Recoveries | 1 | 1 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | $ | (3) | $ | (3) |
(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.
Nonperforming assets
Figure 33 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 33, nonperforming assets increased $181 million during 2024. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.
89
Table of contents
Figure 33. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2024 | 2023 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 322 | $ | 297 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 243 | 100 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 243 | 100 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | — | — | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 565 | 397 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 92 | 71 | |||
| Home equity loans | 89 | 97 | |||
| Other consumer loans | 5 | 4 | |||
| Credit cards | 7 | 5 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 193 | 177 | |||
| Total nonperforming loans | 758 | 574 | |||
| Nonperforming loans held for sale | — | — | |||
| OREO | 14 | 17 | |||
| Other nonperforming assets | — | — | |||
| Total nonperforming assets | $ | 772 | $ | 591 | |
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | $ | 90 | $ | 107 | |
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 206 | 222 | |||
| Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c) | N/A | N/A | |||
| Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c) | N/A | N/A | |||
| Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business | 2 | 3 | |||
| Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans | .73 | % | .51 | % | |
| Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c) | .74 | .52 |
(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Restructured loans are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information. These concessions are made to improve the collectability of the loan and generally take the form of a reduction of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance.
Figure 34 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.
Figure 34. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations
| 2024 Quarters | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2024 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2023 | |||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period | $ | 574 | $ | 728 | $ | 710 | $ | 658 | $ | 574 | $ | 387 | |||||
| Loans placed on nonaccrual status | 1,140 | 309 | 271 | 317 | 243 | 768 | |||||||||||
| Charge-offs | (526) | (131) | (167) | (131) | (97) | (318) | |||||||||||
| Loans sold | (72) | (13) | (32) | (22) | (5) | (38) | |||||||||||
| Payments | (259) | (111) | (37) | (76) | (35) | (132) | |||||||||||
| Transfers to OREO | (6) | (2) | (1) | (1) | (2) | (9) | |||||||||||
| Loans returned to accrual status | (93) | (22) | (16) | (35) | (20) | (84) | |||||||||||
| Balance at end of period | $ | 758 | $ | 758 | $ | 728 | $ | 710 | $ | 658 | $ | 574 |
Operational and compliance risk management
Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, or harm to our reputation.
We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of
90
Table of contents
operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.
The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Audit Committee and updates the Risk Committee, as appropriate, on matters related to the oversight of these controls.
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000091576-24-000040.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page Number | |
|---|---|
| Introduction | 48 |
| Long-term financial targets | 49 |
| Corporate strategy | 50 |
| Strategic developments | 50 |
| Results of Operations | 51 |
| Earnings overview | 51 |
| Net interest income | 51 |
| Provision for credit losses | 54 |
| Noninterest income | 54 |
| Noninterest expense | 56 |
| Income taxes | 58 |
| Business Segment Results | 58 |
| Consumer Bank | 58 |
| Commercial Bank | 59 |
| Financial Condition | 61 |
| Loans and loans held for sale | 61 |
| Securities | 67 |
| Deposits and other sources of funds | 70 |
| Capital | 71 |
| Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations | 73 |
| Off-balance sheet arrangements | 73 |
| Guarantees | 74 |
| Risk Management | 74 |
| Overview | 74 |
| Market risk management | 76 |
| Liquidity risk management | 82 |
| Credit risk management | 85 |
| Operational and compliance risk management | 88 |
| GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations | 89 |
| Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates | 90 |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | 91 |
| Valuation methodologies | 92 |
| Derivatives and hedging | 94 |
| Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes | 94 |
| Accounting and reporting developments | 95 |
47
Table of contents
Introduction
This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2023 and 2022. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2021 and a comparison between the 2021 and 2022 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2022 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2023, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.
48
Table of contents
Long-term financial targets
(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “cash efficiency.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
Positive Operating Leverage
Generate positive operating leverage and a cash efficiency ratio in the range of 54.0% to 56.0%.
For the 2023 fiscal year, our cash efficiency ratio and operating leverage were affected by an increase in noninterest expense and a decrease in revenues. Noninterest expense increased 7% from prior year including the impact of the FDIC special assessment as well as efficiency-related charges as we focused on expense management, including simplifying and streamlining our businesses. Net interest income decreased 13% from prior year reflecting higher interest-bearing deposit costs and a shift in funding mix to higher cost deposits and borrowings. Positive operating leverage remains one of our long-term financial targets.
Moderate Risk Profile
Maintain a moderate risk profile by targeting a net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio in the range of .40% to .60% through a credit cycle.
Our net charge-offs to average loans ratio remains near historically low levels and continues to reflect our proven underwrite-to-distribute model. We believe our strong risk management practices will allow us to continue supporting our clients, while maintaining our moderate risk profile, and will position Key to perform well through all business cycles.
Financial Return
A return on average tangible common equity in the range of 16.0% to 19.0%.
Our full-year dividend for 2023 was $.82. Our proactive balance sheet optimization efforts drove the increase in our CET1 ratio and improved our liquidity and funding profile. We believe that these proactive efforts will better position Key to deliver sound, profitable growth and value for all of our stakeholders.
49
Table of contents
Corporate strategy
We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined with respect to capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our diverse and high-performing workforce. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.
•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.
•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful impact for our clients.
•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.
•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital position remains strong, and we are well-positioned relative to our capital priorities.
•Engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce to create an environment where they can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.
Strategic developments
We took the following actions during 2023 in support of our corporate strategy:
•Throughout dynamic market conditions we continued to support our clients, growing in both commercial clients and consumer households and raising $80 billion in capital for our clients.
•We’ve continued to focus on relationships, primacy, and quality deposits, while de-emphasizing non-relationship business and significantly improving our funding and liquidity.
•Overall, credit quality remains strong reflecting our strong risk management discipline and our proven underwrite-to-distribute business model. We’ve continued to maintain low exposure in high-risk categories such as leveraged lending and office properties.
•We proactively managed our balance sheet by reducing risk-weighted assets, improving our capital position. At December 31, 2023, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 10.02% and 11.67%, respectively.
•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce. We have been recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work. Some of these awards and recognitions included the Human Rights Campaign naming us one of the 2023 Equality 100 Award recipients as a leader in LGBTQ+ Workplace Inclusion, Bloomberg listing us on the Gender-Equality Index, G.I. Jobs and Military Spouse Magazine recognizing us as a Military Friendly® and Military Friendly® Spouse Employer, and receiving the Leading Disability Employer Seal from the National Organization on Disability. We were also named to DiversityInc’s 2023 Top 50 Companies for Diversity.
50
Table of contents
Current year expectations - full year 2024 vs. full year 2023
| Category | Expectations (a) | |
|---|---|---|
| Average loans | down 5% to 7%(c) | |
| Average deposits | flat to down 2% | |
| Net interest income (TE) | down 2% to 5%(c) | |
| Noninterest income | up 5%+ | |
| Noninterest expense | relatively stable(b) | |
| Net charge-offs to average loans | 30 to 40 basis points (FY2024) | |
| Effective tax rate | ~20% (FY2024) |
(a) Guidance range: relatively stable: +/- 2%.
(b) Excludes impact of the FDIC special assessment charge of $190 million, efficiency related expenses of $131 million, and a pension settlement charge of $18 million in 2023.
(c) Additional Guidance: End of period loans: relatively stable vs. year-end 2023 balances; Net interest income (TE): Up low-single digits vs. 4Q23 annualized exit rate, 10%+ 4Q24 vs. 4Q23.
Results of Operations
Earnings Overview
The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2022, to the year ended December 31, 2023 (dollars in millions):
(a) Includes Preferred dividends.
Net interest income
One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:
•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;
•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;
•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;
•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;
•asset quality; and
•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.
51
Table of contents
Net interest income (TE) for 2023 was $3.9 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.17%. Compared to 2022, net interest income (TE) decreased $611 million, and the net interest margin decreased by 47 basis points. The decline in net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin was driven by higher interest-bearing deposit costs and a shift in funding mix to higher cost deposits and borrowings. Partly offsetting the decline in net interest income and the net interest margin were higher earning asset balances and yields.
Average loans totaled $118.0 billion for 2023, compared to $111.3 billion in 2022. The $6.7 billion increase was driven by growth in commercial and industrial loans and consumer mortgage balances during the first half of 2023.
Average deposits totaled $144.1 billion for 2023, a decrease of $2.8 billion compared to 2022. The decrease was driven by changing client behavior as a result of higher interest rates.
Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past three years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.
52
Table of contents
Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(h)
| Year ended December 31, | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | Average Balance | Interest (a) | Yield/ Rate (a) | |||||||||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans (b), (c) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (d) | $ | 59,379 | $ | 3,444 | 5.80 | % | $ | 54,970 | $ | 2,148 | 3.91 | % | $ | 50,931 | $ | 1,795 | 3.52 | % | ||||||||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 15,968 | 931 | 5.83 | 15,572 | 633 | 4.07 | 13,118 | 472 | 3.60 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 2,755 | 185 | 6.71 | 2,229 | 99 | 4.44 | 2,113 | 77 | 3.61 | |||||||||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 3,703 | 116 | 3.13 | 3,869 | 98 | 2.54 | 4,019 | 114 | 2.84 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 81,805 | 4,676 | 5.72 | 76,640 | 2,978 | 3.89 | 70,181 | 2,458 | 3.50 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 21,428 | 699 | 3.26 | 19,036 | 559 | 2.94 | 12,252 | 348 | 2.84 | |||||||||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 7,522 | 433 | 5.76 | 8,115 | 347 | 4.28 | 8,967 | 336 | 3.74 | |||||||||||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 6,228 | 304 | 4.88 | 6,490 | 277 | 4.27 | 5,105 | 233 | 4.56 | |||||||||||||||||
| Credit cards | 986 | 136 | 13.88 | 959 | 107 | 11.23 | 925 | 94 | 10.11 | |||||||||||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 35 | 1 | .71 | 62 | — | — | 2,839 | 90 | 3.19 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 36,199 | 1,573 | 4.35 | 34,662 | 1,290 | 3.72 | 30,088 | 1,101 | 3.66 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | 118,004 | 6,249 | 5.30 | 111,302 | 4,268 | 3.84 | 100,269 | 3,559 | 3.55 | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans held for sale | 1,012 | 61 | 6.06 | 1,278 | 56 | 4.41 | 1,700 | 50 | 2.96 | |||||||||||||||||
| Securities available for sale (b), (e) | 37,718 | 793 | 1.80 | 42,325 | 752 | 1.62 | 35,765 | 546 | 1.53 | |||||||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities (b) | 9,008 | 312 | 3.46 | 7,676 | 213 | 2.77 | 7,035 | 185 | 2.63 | |||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets | 1,138 | 55 | 4.85 | 850 | 31 | 3.61 | 820 | 19 | 2.35 | |||||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 7,349 | 414 | 5.63 | 4,264 | 97 | 2.28 | 17,529 | 28 | .16 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other investments (e) | 1,392 | 73 | 5.28 | 952 | 22 | 2.26 | 621 | 7 | 1.14 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total earning assets | 175,621 | 7,957 | 4.37 | 168,647 | 5,439 | 3.15 | 163,739 | 4,394 | 2.69 | |||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | (1,419) | (1,101) | (1,340) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued income and other assets | 17,425 | 18,340 | 16,520 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued assets | 384 | 492 | 632 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | 192,011 | $ | 186,378 | $ | 179,551 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| LIABILITIES | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Money market deposits | $ | 34,539 | $ | 666 | 1.93 | % | $ | 35,966 | $ | 52 | .14 | % | $ | 36,959 | $ | 15 | .04 | % | ||||||||
| Demand deposits | 54,711 | 1,102 | 2.01 | 49,707 | 182 | .37 | 47,777 | 26 | .05 | |||||||||||||||||
| Savings deposits | 6,343 | 3 | .04 | 7,798 | 1 | .01 | 6,893 | 1 | .02 | |||||||||||||||||
| Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(f) | 4,517 | 171 | 3.79 | 1,455 | 8 | .56 | 2,135 | 16 | .72 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other time deposits | 9,277 | 380 | 4.10 | 2,892 | 36 | 1.25 | 2,540 | 9 | .37 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 109,387 | 2,322 | 2.12 | 97,818 | 279 | .29 | 96,304 | 67 | .07 | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | 1,647 | 79 | 4.81 | 2,107 | 41 | 1.93 | 239 | — | .02 | |||||||||||||||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | 5,890 | 308 | 5.24 | 2,963 | 90 | 3.02 | 770 | 8 | 1.08 | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term debt (f), (g) | 20,983 | 1,305 | 6.22 | 14,915 | 475 | 3.19 | 12,391 | 221 | 1.79 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 137,907 | 4,014 | 2.91 | 117,803 | 885 | .75 | 109,704 | 296 | .27 | |||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing deposits | 34,672 | 49,044 | 48,731 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued expense and other liabilities | 5,167 | 4,309 | 2,819 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued liabilities (g) | 384 | 492 | 632 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 178,130 | 171,648 | 161,886 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity | 13,881 | 14,730 | 17,665 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total equity | 13,881 | 14,730 | 17,665 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity | $ | 192,011 | $ | 186,378 | $ | 179,551 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread (TE) | 1.46 | % | 2.40 | % | 2.42 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE) | $ | 3,943 | 2.17 | % | $ | 4,554 | 2.64 | % | $ | 4,098 | 2.50 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Less: TE adjustment (b) | 30 | 27 | 27 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income, GAAP basis | $ | 3,913 | $ | 4,527 | $ | 4,071 |
(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.
(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.
(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $196 million, $157 million, and $134 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(e)Yield is calculated on the basis of amortized cost.
(f)Rate calculation excludes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges.
(g)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.
(h)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.
53
Table of contents
Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.
Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations
| 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageVolume | Yield/ Rate | Net Change(a) | |||||
| INTEREST INCOME | ||||||||
| Loans | $ | 261 | $ | 1,720 | $ | 1,981 | ||
| Loans held for sale | (13) | 18 | 5 | |||||
| Securities available for sale | (87) | 128 | 41 | |||||
| Held-to-maturity securities | 41 | 58 | 99 | |||||
| Trading account assets | 12 | 12 | 24 | |||||
| Short-term investments | 104 | 213 | 317 | |||||
| Other investments | 14 | 37 | 51 | |||||
| Total interest income (TE) | 332 | 2,186 | 2,518 | |||||
| INTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||
| Money market deposits | (2) | 616 | 614 | |||||
| Demand deposits | 20 | 900 | 920 | |||||
| Savings deposits | — | 2 | 2 | |||||
| Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more) | 43 | 120 | 163 | |||||
| Other time deposits | 169 | 175 | 344 | |||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 230 | 1,813 | 2,043 | |||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | (11) | 49 | 38 | |||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | 126 | 92 | 218 | |||||
| Long-term debt | 248 | 582 | 830 | |||||
| Total interest expense | 593 | 2,536 | 3,129 | |||||
| Net interest income (TE) | $ | (261) | $ | (350) | $ | (611) |
(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Provision for credit losses
Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $489 million for 2023, compared to $502 million for 2022. The decrease in our provision for credit losses was driven by a lower reserve build, partly due to planned balance sheet optimization efforts over 2023, offset by higher net charge-offs. In 2022, the increase in provision for credit losses was a result of reserve increases largely driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth.
54
Table of contents
Noninterest income
Noninterest income for 2023 was $2.5 billion, compared to $2.7 billion during 2022. Noninterest income represented 39% of total revenue for 2023 and 37% of total revenue for 2022.
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 3. Noninterest Income
(a)Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.
55
Table of contents
Trust and investment services income
Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management commissions, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2023, trust and investment services income decreased $10 million, or 1.9%. This was primarily due to a decrease in transactional commission based revenues slightly offset by an increase in investment management income and other fees stemming from increased assets under management.
A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2023, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $54.9 billion, compared to $51.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase from 2022 to 2023 was attributable to movements in the equity markets and new business.
Figure 4. Assets Under Administration
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | Amount | Percent | |||||||
| Discretionary assets under management by investment type: | |||||||||||
| Equity | $ | 30,724 | $ | 28,313 | $ | 2,411 | 8.5 | % | |||
| Fixed income | 13,775 | 14,432 | (657) | (4.6) | |||||||
| Money market | 6,187 | 5,238 | 949 | 18.1 | |||||||
| Total discretionary assets under management | $ | 50,686 | $ | 47,983 | $ | 2,703 | 5.6 | % | |||
| Non-discretionary assets under administration | 4,173 | 3,299 | 874 | 26.5 | |||||||
| Total | $ | 54,859 | $ | 51,282 | $ | 3,577 | 7.0 | % |
Investment banking and debt placement fees
Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and debt placement advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2023, investment banking and debt placement fees decreased $96 million, or 15.0%, from the prior year reflective of the continued challenging environment in the capital markets.
Service charges on deposit accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $80 million, or 22.9%, in 2023 compared to the prior year. This decrease reflects the full year impact of new fee terms implemented in the second half of 2022 which eliminated NSF fees and introduced Key Coverage ZoneTM for overdraft fees, as well as lower account analysis fees related to the interest rate environment.
Cards and payments income
Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income remained relatively flat and only decreased $1 million, or 0.3%, in 2023 compared to 2022.
Other noninterest income
Other noninterest income decreased $61 million, or 7.1%, in 2023 compared to 2022, driven by decreases in corporate services income from lower derivatives trading income, decreases in operating lease income as our operating lease portfolio runs off, and decreases in consumer mortgage income from lower gain on sale margins. These decreases were slightly offset by an increase in commercial mortgage servicing fees driven by a higher servicing portfolio.
Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense for 2023 was $4.7 billion, compared to $4.4 billion for 2022. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023.
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.
56
Table of contents
Figure 5. Noninterest Expense
(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.
Personnel
As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $94 million, or 3.7%, in 2023 compared to 2022. Activity for the year was driven by higher salaries and severance with an offset from decreased incentive compensation costs from lower revenue generation in our variable expense businesses.
Figure 6. Personnel Expense
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | Change 2023 vs. 2022 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Amount | Percent | ||||||||
| Salaries and contract labor | $ | 1,649 | $ | 1,500 | $ | 149 | 9.9 | % | |||
| Incentive and stock-based compensation (a) | 525 | 693 | (168) | (24.2) | |||||||
| Employee benefits | 405 | 363 | 42 | 11.6 | |||||||
| Severance | 81 | 10 | 71 | N/M | |||||||
| Total personnel expense | $ | 2,660 | $ | 2,566 | $ | 94 | 3.7 | % |
N/M - Not meaningful
(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $3 million in 2023 and $3 million in 2022, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.
Non-personnel expense
In total, other non-personnel expense increased $230 million, or 12.5%, in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to the $190 million FDIC special assessment charge, as well as corporate real estate related rationalization costs recorded within other expense.
57
Table of contents
Income taxes
We recorded a tax provision from continuing operations of $196 million for 2023, compared to $422 million for 2022. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 16.9% for 2023 and 18.1% for 2022.
In 2023, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, and tax credits associated with low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).
Business Segment Results
This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.
Consumer Bank
Segment imperatives
•Execute a relationship-oriented growth strategy, which will enable us to grow (i) stable, low-cost deposits and (ii) valuable fee income streams, including wealth management and cards and payments
•Simplify our business to improve execution and efficiency while managing risk
•Meet the needs of our clients and communities in markets where we operate
Market and business overview
As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but also for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. Key Consumer Bank’s focus on durable, long-term client relationships centered in core checking has been evident through the execution of our strategic priorities through focus areas such as developing a core Consumer relationship product suite and driving long-term deposits and fee income through new and enhanced products and services. Key continues to adapt to an increasingly digital world with an increased focus on client experience across our online banking channels. The advice our bankers provide, in combination with our products, services and digital platforms, place Key in a strong position to develop long-lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Our goal is to help our clients move forward on their financial journeys and to be by their sides along the way.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $248 million in 2023, compared to $365 million in 2022, a decrease of 32.1%, largely driven by higher interest rates on deposits and the FDIC special assessment charge
•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2023 by $133 million, or 5.5%, from the prior year, reflecting higher interest-bearing deposit costs
•Average loans and leases increased in 2023 by $1.1 billion, or 2.6%, from the prior year, driven by increases in residential mortgage loans
•Average deposits decreased in 2023 by $6.2 billion, or 6.8%, from the prior year, driven by changes in client behavior due to the higher interest rate environment
58
Table of contents
•Provision for credit losses decreased $82 million in 2023 compared to the prior year, driven by lower reserves due to planned balance sheet optimization efforts and changes in the economic outlook, offset by higher net charge-offs
•Noninterest income decreased in 2023 by $51 million, or 5.1%, driven by decreases in service charges on deposit accounts as a result of declining overdraft fee and NSF fees.
•Noninterest expense increased in 2023 by $52 million, or 1.9%, primarily reflective of the FDIC special assessment charge
Commercial Bank
Segment imperatives
•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities
•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients
•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets
59
Table of contents
Market and business overview
Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $839 million in 2023, compared to $1.1 billion in 2022, a decrease of 26.7%, largely driven by an increase in reserves, increase in FDIC special assessment charges, lower investment banking and debt placement fees, and lower corporate services income
•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2023 by $52 million, or 2.8%, from the prior year, reflecting higher interest-bearing deposit costs and a shift in funding mix to higher-cost deposits
•Average loan and lease balances increased $5.6 billion in 2023, or 8.0%, driven by an increase in commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate
•Average deposit balances decreased $798 million in 2023, or 1.5%, driven by changing client behavior due to the current economic environment while also being impacted by our focus on growing deposits across our commercial businesses
•Provision for credit losses increased $62 million in 2023 compared to the prior year, resulting from higher net-charge-offs and reserve increases driven by changes in portfolio activity and the economic outlook
•Noninterest income decreased $178 million in 2023, or 11.1%, from the prior year, driven by lower investment banking and debt placement fees, reflecting lower syndication and merger and acquisition advisory revenues, as well as a decline in corporate services income
•Noninterest expense increased by $69 million in 2023, or 4.0%, from the prior year, primarily due to the FDIC special assessment charge
60
Table of contents
Financial Condition
Loans and loans held for sale
Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans as of December 31, 2023
(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer direct loans, Credit cards, and Consumer indirect loans. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.
61
Table of contents
Figure 8 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.
Figure 8. Composition of Loans
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | Amount | Percent of Total | Amount | Percent of Total | ||||||||||
| COMMERCIAL | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (a) | $ | 55,815 | 49.6 | % | $ | 59,647 | 50.0 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 15,187 | 13.5 | 16,352 | 13.7 | ||||||||||
| Construction | 3,066 | 2.7 | 2,530 | 2.1 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 18,253 | 16.2 | 18,882 | 15.8 | ||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing (b) | 3,523 | 3.1 | 3,936 | 3.3 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 77,591 | 68.9 | 82,465 | 69.1 | ||||||||||
| CONSUMER | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 20,958 | 18.6 | 21,401 | 17.9 | ||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 7,139 | 6.4 | 7,951 | 6.6 | ||||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 5,890 | 5.2 | 6,508 | 5.4 | ||||||||||
| Credit cards | 1,002 | 0.9 | 1,026 | 0.9 | ||||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 26 | — | 43 | 0.1 | ||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 35,015 | 31.1 | 36,929 | 30.9 | ||||||||||
| Total loans (c) | $ | 112,606 | 100.0 | % | $ | 119,394 | 100.0 | % |
(a)Loan balances include $207 million and $172 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $7 million and $8 million at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).
(c)Total loans exclude loans of $339 million at December 31, 2023, and $434 million at December 31, 2022, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.
At December 31, 2023, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $112.6 billion, compared to $119.4 billion at the end of 2022. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”
Commercial loan portfolio
Commercial loans outstanding were $77.6 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $4.9 billion, or 5.9%, compared to December 31, 2022. The decrease was across all major commercial loan categories as a result of our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.
Figure 9 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
62
Table of contents
Figure 9. Commercial Loans by Industry
| December 31, 2023 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 925 | $ | 114 | $ | 74 | $ | 1,113 | 1.4 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 2,153 | 833 | 4 | 2,990 | 3.9 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 3,387 | 243 | 112 | 3,742 | 4.8 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 8,229 | 13,113 | 8 | 21,350 | 27.5 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 2,311 | 292 | 265 | 2,868 | 3.7 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,851 | 622 | 268 | 4,741 | 6.1 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,568 | 774 | 327 | 5,669 | 7.3 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 2,405 | 171 | 168 | 2,744 | 3.5 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 8,908 | 104 | 284 | 9,296 | 12.0 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 3,222 | 1,456 | 303 | 4,981 | 6.4 | |||||||||||||
| Materials and extraction | 2,402 | 304 | 152 | 2,858 | 3.7 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 2,212 | 37 | 12 | 2,261 | 2.9 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,241 | 8 | 513 | 2,762 | 3.6 | |||||||||||||
| Technology, media, and telecom | 807 | 11 | 78 | 896 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 988 | 97 | 466 | 1,551 | 2.0 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 6,418 | 6 | 459 | 6,883 | 8.9 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 788 | 68 | 30 | 886 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 55,815 | $ | 18,253 | $ | 3,523 | $ | 77,591 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| December 31, 2022 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 829 | $ | 110 | $ | 83 | $ | 1,022 | 1.2 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 1,678 | 751 | 12 | 2,441 | 2.9 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 3,514 | 246 | 148 | 3,908 | 4.7 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 8,883 | 13,919 | 10 | 22,812 | 27.7 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 2,649 | 318 | 322 | 3,289 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 4,643 | 576 | 288 | 5,507 | 6.7 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 5,009 | 900 | 346 | 6,255 | 7.6 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 2,584 | 180 | 161 | 2,925 | 3.5 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 8,805 | 112 | 461 | 9,378 | 11.4 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 3,589 | 1,372 | 330 | 5,291 | 6.4 | |||||||||||||
| Materials and extraction | 3,128 | 240 | 145 | 3,513 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 2,399 | 33 | 20 | 2,452 | 3.0 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,534 | 9 | 580 | 3,123 | 3.8 | |||||||||||||
| Technology, media, and telecom | 1,082 | 12 | 89 | 1,183 | 1.4 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 1,092 | 137 | 477 | 1,706 | 2.1 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 6,725 | 5 | 450 | 7,180 | 8.7 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 504 | (38) | 14 | 480 | .6 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 59,647 | $ | 18,882 | $ | 3,936 | $ | 82,465 | 100.0 | % |
Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 50% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2023, and 50% at December 31, 2022. This portfolio is approximately 88% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.
Commercial and industrial loans totaled $55.8 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $3.8 billion, or 6.4%, compared to December 31, 2022. The decrease was broad-based and spread across most industry categories, reflecting our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.
Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate portfolio includes project loans primarily focused in market-rate and affordable multi-family housing loans, owner-occupied commercial and industrial operating company buildings, and community center grocer-anchored retail centers. These three commercial real estate segments make up 75% of our commercial real estate portfolio. Our non-owner-occupied portfolio is focused on operators of commercial real estate who not only utilize our loan products, but also our broader industry-focused products and services and provide consistent pipelines into our agency, CMBS, and other long-term market take out products. This focus ensures our relationship clients foster and build portfolios with stable, recurring cash flows, with adequate, balanced cash reserves to support our balance sheet exposures through the economic cycle.
At December 31, 2023, commercial real estate loans totaled $18.3 billion, comprised of $15.2 billion of mortgage loans and $3.1 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2022, this portfolio decreased $629 million driven by our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.
63
Table of contents
Since the global financial crisis in 2008, we have limited our construction business and reduced our overall construction loans from 42% to 17% of commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2023. Construction loans provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project. As of December 31, 2023, 78% of our construction portfolio are multi-family project loans. Our office exposure only represents 5% of commercial real estate loans at period end.
As shown in Figure 10, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.
Figure 10. Commercial Real Estate Loans
| Geographic Region | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | West | Southwest | Central | Midwest | Southeast | Northeast | National | Total | Percent of Total | Construction | CommercialMortgage | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diversified | $ | 3 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 3 | $ | — | $ | 16 | $ | 164 | $ | 186 | 1.0 | % | $ | — | $ | 186 | |||||||||
| Industrial | 58 | 24 | 80 | 110 | 230 | 280 | 20 | 802 | 4.4 | 168 | 634 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 5 | 3 | 3 | 5 | 3 | 21 | — | 40 | .2 | 18 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 48 | — | 3 | 4 | 46 | 66 | 55 | 222 | 1.2 | 5 | 217 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 37 | — | 42 | 1 | 21 | 97 | 75 | 273 | 1.5 | 27 | 246 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 1,237 | 552 | 1,271 | 1,272 | 2,707 | 1,370 | 444 | 8,853 | 48.5 | 2,389 | 6,464 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 142 | — | 153 | 76 | 118 | 285 | 50 | 824 | 4.5 | — | 824 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 213 | 6 | 84 | 183 | 102 | 297 | 213 | 1,098 | 6.0 | 75 | 1,023 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 62 | — | 45 | 15 | 72 | 32 | 171 | 397 | 2.2 | 4 | 393 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 124 | 22 | 143 | 88 | 65 | 120 | 213 | 775 | 4.2 | 126 | 649 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | — | — | 66 | — | 202 | 215 | 483 | 2.6 | — | 483 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | — | — | — | 27 | 158 | — | — | 185 | 1.0 | 59 | 126 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 1 | 12 | 8 | 35 | 37 | 67 | 160 | 320 | 1.8 | — | 320 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 1,930 | 619 | 1,832 | 1,885 | 3,559 | 2,853 | 1,780 | 14,458 | 79.2 | 2,871 | 11,587 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,141 | 1 | 414 | 720 | 167 | 1,352 | — | 3,795 | 20.8 | 195 | 3,600 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 3,071 | $ | 620 | $ | 2,246 | $ | 2,605 | $ | 3,726 | $ | 4,205 | $ | 1,780 | $ | 18,253 | 100.0 | % | $ | 3,066 | $ | 15,187 | |||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | 1 | $ | — | $ | 46 | $ | 1 | $ | 9 | $ | 5 | $ | 38 | $ | 100 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 100 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | 1 | — | — | 6 | — | 3 | — | 10 | N/M | — | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 3 | — | 12 | — | 7 | 7 | — | 29 | N/M | — | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diversified | $ | 9 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 4 | $ | — | $ | 24 | $ | 231 | $ | 268 | 1.4 | % | $ | — | $ | 268 | |||||||||
| Industrial | 75 | 25 | 101 | 135 | 220 | 284 | 52 | 892 | 4.7 | 203 | 689 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 24 | — | 37 | .2 | 15 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 58 | — | 10 | 4 | 20 | 72 | 41 | 205 | 1.1 | 22 | 183 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 47 | — | 43 | 9 | 19 | 98 | 25 | 241 | 1.3 | 64 | 177 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 1,083 | 533 | 1,388 | 1,264 | 2,813 | 1,370 | 438 | 8,889 | 47.1 | 1,705 | 7,184 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 189 | 1 | 173 | 113 | 128 | 300 | 95 | 999 | 5.3 | — | 999 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 282 | 35 | 112 | 183 | 69 | 395 | 235 | 1,311 | 6.9 | 106 | 1,205 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 85 | 13 | 50 | 20 | 79 | 37 | 202 | 486 | 2.6 | 4 | 482 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 150 | 57 | 144 | 76 | 118 | 120 | 235 | 900 | 4.8 | 194 | 706 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | — | — | 52 | — | 239 | 143 | 434 | 2.3 | — | 434 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | — | — | — | 53 | 199 | 13 | — | 265 | 1.4 | 39 | 226 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 24 | 4 | 9 | 79 | 42 | 83 | 195 | 436 | 2.3 | 2 | 434 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 2,003 | 671 | 2,033 | 1,995 | 3,710 | 3,059 | 1,892 | 15,363 | 81.4 | 2,354 | 13,009 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,149 | 5 | 364 | 580 | 128 | 1,293 | — | 3,519 | 18.6 | 176 | 3,343 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 3,152 | $ | 676 | $ | 2,397 | $ | 2,575 | $ | 3,838 | $ | 4,352 | $ | 1,892 | $ | 18,882 | 100.0 | % | $ | 2,530 | $ | 16,352 | |||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 2 | $ | — | $ | 7 | $ | 12 | $ | 21 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 21 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | — | — | — | — | — | 8 | — | 8 | N/M | — | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | — | — | 1 | 11 | — | 6 | — | 18 | N/M | — | 18 |
| West – | Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming |
|---|---|
| Southwest – | Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico |
| Central – | Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah |
| Midwest – | Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin |
| Southeast – | Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia |
| Northeast – | Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont |
| National – | Accounts in three or more regions |
64
Table of contents
Consumer loan portfolio
Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2023, totaled $35.0 billion, a decrease of $1.9 billion, or 5.2%, from one year ago. This decrease reflects lower residential and consumer direct loans.
The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2023, representing approximately 60% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 20% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.
We held the first lien position for approximately 64% of the home equity portfolio at December 31, 2023, and 66% at December 31, 2022. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”
Figure 11 presents our consumer loans by geography.
Figure 11. Consumer Loans by State
| Dollars in millions | Real estate — residential mortgage | Home equity loans | Consumer direct loans | Credit cards | Consumer indirect loans | Total | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||
| Washington | $ | 4,520 | $ | 1,020 | $ | 226 | $ | 88 | $ | 1 | $ | 5,855 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,704 | 1,029 | 250 | 203 | 1 | 4,187 | |||||||||||
| New York | 805 | 1,993 | 774 | 347 | 1 | 3,920 | |||||||||||
| Colorado | 3,001 | 277 | 149 | 32 | — | 3,459 | |||||||||||
| California | 2,294 | 14 | 496 | 3 | 4 | 2,811 | |||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,269 | 585 | 108 | 43 | — | 2,005 | |||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 445 | 517 | 377 | 63 | 2 | 1,404 | |||||||||||
| Florida | 782 | 42 | 412 | 14 | 4 | 1,254 | |||||||||||
| Utah | 851 | 252 | 64 | 18 | — | 1,185 | |||||||||||
| Connecticut | 765 | 255 | 112 | 29 | 1 | 1,162 | |||||||||||
| Other | 3,522 | 1,155 | 2,922 | 162 | 12 | 7,773 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 20,958 | $ | 7,139 | $ | 5,890 | $ | 1,002 | $ | 26 | $ | 35,015 | |||||
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| Washington | $ | 4,621 | $ | 1,100 | $ | 253 | $ | 87 | $ | 2 | $ | 6,063 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,766 | 1,173 | 347 | 214 | 5 | 4,505 | |||||||||||
| New York | 840 | 2,256 | 770 | 359 | 1 | 4,226 | |||||||||||
| Colorado | 3,006 | 301 | 171 | 32 | — | 3,510 | |||||||||||
| California | 2,357 | 16 | 538 | 4 | 6 | 2,921 | |||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,268 | 630 | 117 | 43 | — | 2,058 | |||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 459 | 580 | 403 | 61 | 3 | 1,506 | |||||||||||
| Florida | 851 | 45 | 453 | 14 | 6 | 1,369 | |||||||||||
| Texas | 336 | 3 | 397 | 4 | 3 | 743 | |||||||||||
| Illinois | 134 | 3 | 212 | 2 | 1 | 352 | |||||||||||
| Other | 4,763 | 1,844 | 2,847 | 206 | 16 | 9,676 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 21,401 | $ | 7,951 | $ | 6,508 | $ | 1,026 | $ | 43 | $ | 36,929 |
65
Table of contents
Loan sales
As shown in Figure 12, during 2023, we sold $8.9 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $135 million during 2023.
Figure 12 summarizes our loan sales during 2023 and 2022.
Figure 12. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)
| Dollars in millions | Commercial | CommercialReal Estate | CommercialLeaseFinancing | ResidentialReal Estate | Total | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 35 | $ | 1,735 | $ | 21 | $ | 339 | $ | 2,130 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 85 | 2,861 | 49 | 345 | 3,340 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 118 | 1,431 | 28 | 283 | 1,860 | |||||||||||
| First quarter | 125 | 1,121 | 164 | 135 | 1,545 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 362 | $ | 7,148 | $ | 262 | $ | 1,103 | $ | 8,875 | ||||||
| 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 33 | $ | 2,774 | $ | 114 | $ | 235 | $ | 3,156 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 211 | 1,882 | 43 | 353 | 2,489 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 41 | 1,851 | 150 | 496 | 2,538 | |||||||||||
| First quarter | 1,469 | 1,909 | 39 | 901 | 4,318 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,754 | $ | 8,416 | $ | 346 | $ | 1,985 | $ | 12,501 |
Figure 13 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.
Figure 13. Loans Administered or Serviced
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commercial real estate loans | $ | 499,449 | $ | 488,478 | $ | 444,131 | $ | 371,016 | $ | 347,186 | ||||
| Residential mortgage | 11,193 | 11,026 | 10,312 | 8,311 | 6,146 | |||||||||
| Education loans | 248 | 312 | 415 | 516 | 625 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 1,946 | 1,646 | 1,236 | 1,359 | 1,047 | |||||||||
| Commercial loans | 667 | 723 | 750 | 684 | 591 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct | 408 | 509 | 699 | 1,711 | 2,243 | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect | 792 | 1,536 | 2,714 | — | — | |||||||||
| Total | $ | 514,703 | $ | 504,230 | $ | 460,257 | $ | 383,597 | $ | 357,838 |
In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $7.5 billion of the $514.7 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2023. These are primarily associated with commercial real estate loans administered or serviced. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”
We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).
66
Table of contents
Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates
Figure 14 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2023.
Figure 14. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | Within One Year | One - Five Years | Five - Fifteen Years | Over Fifteen Years | Total | |||||||||
| Commercial | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 13,086 | $ | 37,501 | $ | 5,058 | $ | 170 | $ | 55,815 | ||||
| Commercial Mortgage | 5,261 | 6,553 | 3,025 | 348 | 15,187 | |||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 1,283 | 1,299 | 135 | 349 | 3,066 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 388 | 1,857 | 1,278 | — | 3,523 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | $ | 20,018 | $ | 47,210 | $ | 9,496 | $ | 867 | $ | 77,591 | ||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate - residential mortgage | $ | 180 | $ | 40 | $ | 769 | $ | 19,969 | $ | 20,958 | ||||
| Home equity loans | 96 | 250 | 2,135 | 4,658 | 7,139 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 497 | 946 | 2,395 | 2,052 | 5,890 | |||||||||
| Credit Cards | 1,002 | — | — | — | 1,002 | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | — | 20 | 5 | 1 | 26 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 1,775 | 1,256 | 5,304 | 26,680 | 35,015 | |||||||||
| Total loans | $ | 21,793 | $ | 48,466 | $ | 14,800 | $ | 27,547 | $ | 112,606 | ||||
| Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b) | $ | 41,916 | $ | 4,428 | $ | 13,153 | $ | 59,497 | ||||||
| Loans with predetermined interest rates (c) | 6,550 | 10,372 | 14,394 | 31,316 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 48,466 | $ | 14,800 | $ | 27,547 | $ | 90,813 |
(a)Accrued interest of $522 million at December 31, 2023, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.
(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.
(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.
Securities
Our securities portfolio is constructed to help manage overall interest rate risk and provide a source of liquidity, including holding securities used to accommodate pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio totaled $45.8 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $47.8 billion at December 31, 2022. Available-for-sale securities were $37.2 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $39.1 billion at December 31, 2022. Held-to-maturity securities were $8.6 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $8.7 billion at December 31, 2022.
As shown in Figure 15, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).
Figure 15. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| FHLMC & FNMA | $ | 24,302 | $ | 25,371 | |
| GNMA | 11,665 | 11,620 | |||
| Total (a) | $ | 35,967 | $ | 36,991 |
(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.
67
Table of contents
Securities available for sale
The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. These mortgage securities generate interest income, serve as collateral to support certain pledging agreements, and provide liquidity value under regulatory requirements.
We periodically evaluate our securities available-for-sale portfolio in light of established A/LM objectives, changing market conditions that could affect the profitability of the portfolio, the regulatory environment, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to take steps to adjust our overall balance sheet positioning.
In addition, the size and composition of our securities available-for-sale portfolio could vary with our needs for liquidity and the extent to which we are required (or elect) to hold these assets as collateral to secure public funds and trust deposits. Although we generally use debt securities for this purpose, other assets, such as securities purchased under resale agreements or letters of credit, are used occasionally when they provide a lower cost of collateral or more favorable risk profiles.
Our investing activities continue to complement other balance sheet developments and provide for our ongoing liquidity management needs. Our actions to not reinvest the monthly security cash flows at various times served to provide the liquidity necessary to address our funding requirements. These funding requirements included periodic loan growth and occasional debt maturities. At other times, we may make additional investments that go beyond the replacement of maturities or mortgage security cash flows as our liquidity position and/or interest rate risk management strategies may require. Lastly, our focus on investing in high quality liquid assets, including GNMA-related securities, is related to liquidity management strategies to satisfy regulatory requirements.
Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).
68
Table of contents
Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale
| Dollars in millions | U.S. Treasury, Agencies, and Corporations | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a),(b) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 7,711 | $ | 29 | $ | 1 | $ | 72 | $ | 7,813 | 0.50 | % | |||||||
| After one through five years | 1,090 | 1,653 | 2,303 | 2,633 | 7,679 | 2.44 | |||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 117 | 8,949 | 830 | 5,372 | 15,268 | 2.06 | |||||||||||||
| After ten years | 108 | 4,847 | 455 | 1,015 | 6,425 | 1.78 | |||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 9,026 | $ | 15,478 | $ | 3,589 | $ | 9,092 | $ | 37,185 | — | ||||||||
| Amortized cost | 9,300 | 18,911 | 4,189 | 10,295 | 42,695 | 1.79 | % | ||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield (b) | 0.83 | % | 1.79 | % | 1.62 | % | 2.70 | % | 1.79 | % | — | ||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 1.1 years | 9.0 years | 5.9 years | 6.8 years | 6.4 years | — | |||||||||||||
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 9,415 | $ | 16,433 | $ | 3,920 | $ | 9,349 | $ | 39,117 | — | % | |||||||
| Amortized cost | 10,044 | 20,180 | 4,616 | 10,712 | 45,552 | 1.67 |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
Held-to-maturity securities
The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities and foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.
Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities
| Dollars in millions | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Asset-backed securities | Other Securities | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 14 | $ | — | $ | 4 | $ | 733 | $ | 4 | $ | 755 | 2.11 | % | ||||||||||
| After one through five years | 1,446 | 112 | 2,155 | 2 | 25 | 3,740 | 3.34 | |||||||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 2,562 | 8 | 278 | 3 | — | 2,851 | 3.72 | |||||||||||||||||
| After ten years | 1,148 | 45 | 36 | — | — | 1,229 | 4.26 | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 5,170 | $ | 165 | $ | 2,473 | $ | 738 | $ | 29 | $ | 8,575 | 3.49 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 4,896 | 152 | 2,270 | 709 | 29 | 8,056 | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield(b) | 3.82 | % | 2.81 | % | 3.26 | % | 2.09 | % | 4.09 | % | 3.49 | % | — | |||||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 7.5 years | 7.3 years | 4.0 years | .6 years | 2.5 years | 5.9 years | — | |||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 4,586 | $ | 181 | $ | 2,522 | $ | 1,407 | $ | 14 | $ | 8,710 | 3.18 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 4,308 | 165 | 2,315 | 1,311 | 14 | 8,113 | — |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
69
Table of contents
Deposits and other sources of funds
Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2023
The following presents the breakdown of our deposits by product for the noted periods.
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Money market deposits | $ | 37.0 | $ | 34.6 | |
| Demand deposits | 57.7 | 52.1 | |||
| Savings deposits | 5.4 | 7.7 | |||
| Time deposits | 14.8 | 7.4 | |||
| Noninterest bearing deposits | 30.7 | 40.8 | |||
| Total | $ | 145.6 | $ | 142.6 |
Our highly diversified deposit base is our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2023, our deposits totaled $145.6 billion, an increase of $3.0 billion, compared to December 31, 2022. The increase reflects our durable relationship-based business model, in addition to changing client behavior as a result of higher interest rates.
Uninsured deposits totaled $61.5 billion and $67.1 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.
Figure 19 presents estimated uninsured deposits for the noted periods which reflect amounts disclosed in KeyBank’s Call Report adjusted for intercompany deposits, which are not customer facing and are eliminated in consolidation, and accrued interest.
70
Table of contents
Figure 19. Estimated Uninsured Deposits
| December 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||
| Uninsured deposits(a) | $ | 61.5 | $ | 67.1 | ||||
| Total deposits | 145.6 | 142.6 | ||||||
| Uninsured % of Deposits | 42 | % | 47 | % | ||||
| (a) Intercompany deposits and accrued interest excluded from uninsured deposits | $ | 9.5 | $ | 8.4 |
As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, approximately $13.1 billion and $11.6 billion, respectively, of uninsured deposits were collateralized by government-backed securities.
Figure 20 presents the maturity distribution of estimated uninsured time deposits.
Figure 20. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||
| Three months or less | $ | 480 | $ | 32 | |
| After three through six months | 324 | 78 | |||
| After six through twelve months | 353 | 82 | |||
| After twelve months | 52 | 97 | |||
| Total | $ | 1,209 | $ | 289 |
Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $22.6 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $28.8 billion at December 31, 2022. The decrease reflects our balance sheet optimization efforts, which reduced our need for wholesale borrowings. For more information regarding our wholesale funds, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations under the heading “Risk Management - Liquidity risk management” of this report.
Capital
Our capital management objective is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and of a sufficient amount to operate under a wide range of economic conditions. Our current capital levels position us well to execute against our capital priorities including supporting organic growth and paying dividends.
The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.
Dividends
Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.205 per Common Share for each of the four quarters of 2023. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.82 per Common Share for 2023.
71
Table of contents
Common Shares outstanding
Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 28,577 holders of record at December 31, 2023. Our book value per Common Share was $13.02 based on 936.6 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2023, compared to $11.79 based on 933.3 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, our tangible book value per Common Share was $10.02, compared to $8.75 at December 31, 2022.
Figure 21 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.
Figure 21. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding
| 2023 Quarters | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| In thousands | 2023 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2022 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at beginning of period | 933,325 | 936,161 | 935,733 | 935,229 | 933,325 | 928,850 | |||||
| Open market repurchases and return of shares under employee compensation plans | (4,383) | (2) | (10) | (38) | (4,333) | (1,736) | |||||
| Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations) | 7,622 | 405 | 438 | 542 | 6,237 | 6,211 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at end of period | 936,564 | 936,564 | 936,161 | 935,733 | 935,229 | 933,325 |
During 2023, Common Shares outstanding increased by 3.2 million shares, primarily driven by issuances under employee compensation plans. For more information on share repurchases activity, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
At December 31, 2023, we had 320.1 million treasury shares, compared to 323.4 million treasury shares at December 31, 2022. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.
Capital adequacy
Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2023. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 7.8% at December 31, 2023, compared to 7.1% at December 31, 2022. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 5.1% at December 31, 2023, compared to 4.4% at December 31, 2022. The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2023, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.
Figure 22 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
72
Table of contents
Figure 22. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets
| December 31, Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 | ||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP) | $ | 14,637 | $ | 13,454 | ||
| Less: | Preferred Stock (a) | 2,446 | 2,446 | |||
| Add: | CECL phase-in (b) | 118 | 178 | |||
| Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions | 12,309 | 11,186 | ||||
| Less: | Goodwill, net of deferred taxes | 2,594 | 2,612 | |||
| Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes | 49 | 88 | ||||
| Deferred tax assets | 1 | 1 | ||||
| Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes | (4,296) | (4,857) | ||||
| Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes | (656) | (1,160) | ||||
| Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes | (277) | (277) | ||||
| Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital | 14,894 | 14,779 | ||||
| TIER 1 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 14,894 | 14,779 | ||||
| Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus | 2,446 | 2,446 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 1 capital | 17,340 | 17,225 | ||||
| TIER 2 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus | 2,020 | 2,200 | ||||
| Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c) | 1,668 | 1,351 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 2 capital | 3,688 | 3,551 | ||||
| Total risk-based capital | $ | 21,028 | $ | 20,776 | ||
| RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS | ||||||
| Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet | $ | 115,861 | $ | 125,900 | ||
| Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure | 31,555 | 35,745 | ||||
| Market risk-equivalent assets | 1,159 | 826 | ||||
| Gross risk-weighted assets | 148,575 | 162,471 | ||||
| Less: | Excess allowance for loan and lease losses | — | — | |||
| Net risk-weighted assets | $ | 148,575 | $ | 162,471 | ||
| AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 191,948 | $ | 193,986 | ||
| CAPITAL RATIOS | ||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital | 11.67 | % | 10.60 | % | ||
| Total risk-based capital | 14.15 | 12.79 | ||||
| Leverage (d) | 9.03 | 8.88 | ||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 10.02 | 9.10 |
(a)Net of capital surplus.
(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.
(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $16 million and $21 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.
Variable interest entities
In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).
73
Table of contents
Commitments to extend credit or funding
Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2023, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”
Other off-balance sheet arrangements
Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”
Guarantees
We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”
Risk Management
Overview
Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.
Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and
74
Table of contents
conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.
75
Table of contents
| Group | Overview and Responsibilities | Activities |
|---|---|---|
| Board of Directors | –Oversight capacity–Oversees that Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is effective and balanced–Fiduciary duty to Key’s shareholders | –Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and promotes accountability |
| Board of Directors Audit Committee (a) | –Oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk | –Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases |
| Board of Directors Risk Committee (a) | –Assist the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assist the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions | –Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories |
| ERM Committee | –Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company | –Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks |
| Disclosure Committee | –Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC | –Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K |
| Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees | –Include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls | –Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments |
| Chief Risk Officer | –Ensure that relevant risk information is properly integrated into strategic and business decisions–Ensure appropriate ownership of risks | –Provides input into performance and compensation decisions–Assesses aggregate enterprise risk–Monitors capabilities to manage critical risks–Executes appropriate Board and stakeholder reporting |
(a) The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.
Market risk management
Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.
76
Table of contents
Trading market risk
Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2023, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.
Management of trading market risks. Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk reports prepared by our MRM that contain our market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ERM Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval.
The MRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. The MRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. The MRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.
Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. The MRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2023, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. The MRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.
Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.
•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.
•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.
VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. The MRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR
77
Table of contents
on a daily basis, and the results are distributed to appropriate management. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.
We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. We analyze market risk by portfolios and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. Historical scenarios are customized for specific positions, and numerous risk factors are incorporated in the calculation. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.
The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.
Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR for any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. The MRM backtests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Backtesting exceptions occur when trading losses exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.
The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.6 million at December 31, 2023, and $1.1 million at December 31, 2022. Figure 23 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Figure 23. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 1.3 | $ | .7 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 1.1 | $ | .4 | $ | .7 | $ | .4 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .5 | $ | .3 | $ | .4 | $ | .4 | $ | .7 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .6 |
Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $4.0 million at December 31, 2023, and $1.9 million at December 31, 2022. Figure 24 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. The increase in stressed VaR is due to a change in the size and composition of our fixed income inventory.
78
Table of contents
Figure 24. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 4.7 | $ | 1.9 | $ | 3.1 | $ | 3.6 | $ | 2.4 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 1.6 | $ | 1.1 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .4 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .3 | $ | .7 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .6 |
Internal capital adequacy assessment. Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $6 million at December 31, 2023, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by the MRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.
Nontrading market risk
Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board approved ERM policy.
Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.
•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.
•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.
•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.
•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity without a penalty. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.
The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Treasury Risk Oversight Committee (“TROC”) review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.
79
Table of contents
LIBOR Transition
Key had successfully transitioned substantially all of it its products away from LIBOR as of June 30, 2023. For most financial products, the most common alternative reference rates have been SOFR-based benchmarks. This is true for both new originations and legacy LIBOR contracts that were subject to amendment or a transition by their terms. We have also originated a small number of new loans using credit sensitive rates in a limited and managed fashion.
Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease from current levels over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).
Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was moderate low. The exposure to declining rates has decreased as a result of the change in balance sheet mix compared to the December 31, 2022 analysis. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board approved tolerances. If a tolerance level is breached and determined inconsistent with risk appetite, the development of a remediation plan is required to reduce exposure back to within tolerance.
Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income
| December 31, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Basis point change assumption | -200 | +200 | -200 | +200 | ||||
| Assumed floor in market rates (in basis points) | — | N/A | — | N/A | ||||
| Rising rate beta | N/A | Mid 50s | N/A | Mid 40s | ||||
| Tolerance level | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % |
| Interest rate risk assessment | (0.01) | % | (2.08) | % | (1.66) | % | (2.61) | % |
| +200 NII at risk beta sensitivity | December 31, 2023 | |||||||
| Beta assumption | Mid 60s | Low 60s | Mid 50s | Low 50s | ||||
| Interest rate risk assessment | (4.65) | % | (3.36) | % | (2.08) | % | (0.85) | % |
Simulation analysis produces a sophisticated estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumptions inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.
Regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.
The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the benefit to rising rates would decrease by approximately 29 basis points. If the interest-bearing liquid deposit beta assumption increases or decreases by 5% (e.g., 40% to 45%), then the benefit to rising rates would decrease or increase by approximately 123 basis points.
80
Table of contents
The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.
Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.
Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +200 basis point/policy decline scenario. The resulting rate in the policy decline scenario is equal to the greater of the current fed funds target and zero. As of December 31, 2023, the policy decline scenario is minus 200 basis points. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2023.
Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.
Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).
Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Weighted-Average | December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | Notional Amount | Fair Value | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | Notional Amount | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional loans | $ | 15,000 | $ | (641) | 2.3 | 2.0 | % | 5.4 | % | $ | 28,450 | $ | (1,503) | |||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt | 8,976 | (395) | 3.9 | 2.5 | 5.4 | 10,995 | (551) | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward loans | 4,000 | (27) | 2.6 | 3.5 | 5.0 | 1,300 | (8) | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward debt | 1,411 | (40) | 6.6 | 3.1 | 5.3 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt | 50 | 1 | 4.5 | 5.6 | 3.6 | 50 | 1 | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — securities | 8,655 | (152) | 4.1 | 5.4 | 4.0 | 405 | 48 | |||||||||||||
| Total portfolio swaps | $ | 38,092 | $ | (1,254) | (a) | 3.3 | 3.1 | % | 5.0 | % | $ | 41,200 | $ | (2,013) | (a) | |||||
| Floors — forward purchased | $ | 3,250 | $ | 26 | 2.1 | — | % | — | % | $ | — | $ | — | |||||||
| Floors — forward sold | 3,250 | (11) | 2.1 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Total floors | $ | 6,500 | $ | 15 | — | — | % | — | % | $ | — | $ | — |
a.Excludes accrued interest of $58 million and $62 million at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
81
Table of contents
Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.
Governance structure
We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on an integrated basis. This approach considers the funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions. The approach also recognizes that adverse market conditions or other events that could negatively affect the availability or cost of liquidity will affect the access of all affiliates to sufficient wholesale funding.
The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, the TROC, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within the MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.
These committees regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we also communicate with individuals inside and outside of the company on a daily basis.
Factors affecting liquidity
Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our public credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.
During 2023, rating agencies reacted to the volatility in the banking industry by issuing updated ratings for numerous U.S. banks, including Key. On August 21, 2023, Standard & Poor’s downgraded KeyCorp’s and KeyBank’s Long-term Debt ratings from “BBB+” to “BBB”, and from “A-” to “BBB+”, respectively. On October 10, 2023, Fitch Ratings, Inc. downgraded both KeyCorp and KeyBank’s respective Long-Term Debt ratings from “A-” to “BBB+” and, on October 20, 2023, Moody’s downgraded KeyCorp and KeyBank's Long-term Debt ratings from "Baa1" to "Baa2", and from "A3" to "Baa1.” The rationales for Standard & Poor’s, Fitch Ratings, Inc., and Moody’s downgrades are documented in their respective credit opinions and analyses.
Our credit ratings at December 31, 2023, are shown in Figure 27. While we believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors, downgrades in our credit ratings could increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us.
82
Table of contents
Figure 27. Credit Ratings
| December 31, 2023 | Short-Term Borrowings | Long-Term Deposits(a) | Senior Long-Term Debt | Subordinated Long-Term Debt | Capital Securities | Preferred Stock |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| KEYCORP (THE PARENT COMPANY) | ||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | A-2 | N/A | BBB | BBB- | BB | BB |
| Moody’s | P-2 | N/A | Baa2 | Baa2 | Baa3 | Ba1 |
| Fitch | F2 | N/A | BBB+ | N/A | BB | BB |
| DBRS | R-1 (low) | N/A | A | A (low) | A (low) | BBB |
| KEYBANK | ||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | A-2 | N/A | BBB+ | BBB | N/A | N/A |
| Moody’s | P-2 | P-1/A2 | Baa1 | Baa2 | N/A | N/A |
| Fitch | F2 | F2/A- | BBB+ | BBB | N/A | N/A |
| DBRS | R-1 (middle) | A (high) | A (high) | A | N/A | N/A |
(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F2 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.
Managing liquidity risk
Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at any time, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under stressed environments. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.
We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test for both KeyCorp and KeyBank. In a “heightened monitoring mode,” we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.
Our primary source of funding for KeyBank are customer deposits resulting in a consolidated loan-to-deposit ratio of 78% as of December 31, 2023. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets. We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. Figure 28 shows our available contingent liquidity at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. In 2023, our secured term borrowings decreased $1.5 billion from a reduction in FHLB borrowings.
Figure 28. Available Contingent Liquidity
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in billions | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Available contingent liquidity: | |||||
| Unpledged securities | $ | 7.5 | $ | 33.2 | |
| Net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account | 10.7 | 2.4 | |||
| Unused secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland | 54.7 | 33.8 | |||
| Unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB | 13.6 | 6.7 | |||
| Total | $ | 86.5 | $ | 76.1 |
83
Table of contents
Long-term liquidity strategy
Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is 90-100% (at December 31, 2023, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 77.9%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.
Liquidity programs
We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.
On January 26, 2023, KeyBank issued $500 million of 4.70% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2026 and $1 billion of 5.00% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2033. Accordingly, at December 31, 2023, there was $15.5 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.
Liquidity for KeyCorp
The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.
We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2023, KeyCorp held $2.7 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.
Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2023, KeyBank paid $675 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2023, KeyBank paid $150 million cash dividends to KeyCorp. At January 1, 2024, KeyBank had regulatory capacity to pay $2.3 billion in dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval. KeyCorp had no debt issuances during 2023.
Our liquidity position and recent activity
Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has increased primarily due to an increase in Key's cash position. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.
From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or common shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other
84
Table of contents
means. During the third quarter of 2023, Key repurchased $92.3 million of KeyBank senior debt consisting of $13.1 million of 3.30% Senior Unsecured Debt due June 1, 2025, $64.7 million of 4.15% Senior Unsecured Debt due August 8, 2025, and $14.5 million of 4.70% Senior Unsecured Debt due January 26, 2026. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Credit risk management
Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.
Credit policy, approval, and evaluation
We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.
Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.
Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.
We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.
Allowance for loan and lease losses
85
Table of contents
We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. The ALLL at December 31, 2023, represents our best estimate of the lifetime expected credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).
As shown in Figure 29, our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $171 million, or 12.8%, from December 31, 2022. The commercial ALLL increased by $196 million, or 22.7%, from December 31, 2022, driven by portfolio migration and changes in the economic outlook, including the impact from higher interest rates and lower commercial real estate values, partly offset by balance sheet reductions. The consumer ALLL decreased $25 million, or 5.3%, from December 31, 2022, largely driven by changes in the economic forecasts, including improved home price values.
Figure 29. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
| 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 556 | 36.9 | % | 49.6 | % | $ | 601 | 45.0 | % | 50.0 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 419 | 27.8 | 13.5 | 203 | 15.2 | 13.7 | |||||||||
| Construction | 52 | 3.4 | 2.7 | 28 | 2.1 | 2.1 | |||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 471 | 31.2 | 16.2 | 231 | 17.3 | 15.8 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 33 | 2.2 | 3.1 | 32 | 2.4 | 3.3 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 1,060 | 70.3 | 68.9 | 864 | 64.7 | 69.1 | |||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 162 | 10.7 | 18.6 | 196 | 14.7 | 17.9 | |||||||||
| Home equity loans | 86 | 5.7 | 6.4 | 98 | 7.3 | 6.6 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 121 | 8.0 | 5.2 | 111 | 8.3 | 5.4 | |||||||||
| Credit cards | 78 | 5.2 | .9 | 66 | 4.9 | .9 | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | .1 | — | 2 | .1 | .1 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 448 | 29.7 | 31.1 | 473 | 35.3 | 30.9 | |||||||||
| Total loans (a) | $ | 1,508 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,337 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $16 million at December 31, 2023, and $21 million at December 31, 2022.
Net loan charge-offs
Figure 30 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 32. Figure 31 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.
Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs increased $83 million.
Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 144 | $ | 103 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 37 | 18 | |||
| Real estate — construction | (1) | (1) | |||
| Commercial lease financing(a) | (5) | (2) | |||
| Total commercial loans | 175 | 118 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage(a) | (3) | (7) | |||
| Home equity loans | (1) | (2) | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 43 | 26 | |||
| Credit cards | 30 | 24 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | — | 2 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 69 | 43 | |||
| Total net loan charge-offs | $ | 244 | $ | 161 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average loans | .21 | % | .14 | % | |
| Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business | $ | 3 | $ | 4 |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
86
Table of contents
Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31, | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | 0.24 | % | 0.19 | % |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 0.23 | 0.12 | ||
| Real estate — construction | (0.04) | (0.04) | ||
| Commercial lease financing(a) | (0.14) | (0.05) | ||
| Total commercial loans | 0.21 | 0.15 | ||
| Real estate — residential mortgage(a) | (0.01) | (0.04) | ||
| Home equity loans | (0.01) | (0.02) | ||
| Consumer direct loans | 0.69 | 0.40 | ||
| Credit cards | 3.04 | 2.50 | ||
| Consumer indirect loans | — | 3.23 | ||
| Total consumer loans | 0.19 | 0.12 | ||
| Total net loan charge-offs | 0.21 | % | 0.14 | % |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
Figure 32. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Average loans outstanding | $ | 118,004 | $ | 111,302 | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period | $ | 1,337 | $ | 1,061 | |
| Loans charged off: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 188 | $ | 153 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 39 | 23 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 39 | 23 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | — | 2 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 227 | 178 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 1 | (2) | |||
| Home equity loans | 2 | 1 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 50 | 34 | |||
| Credit cards | 37 | 30 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | 4 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 91 | 67 | |||
| Total loans charged off | 318 | 245 | |||
| Recoveries: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | 44 | 50 | |||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 2 | 5 | |||
| Real estate — construction | 1 | 1 | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 3 | 6 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 5 | 4 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 52 | 60 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 4 | 5 | |||
| Home equity loans | 3 | 3 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 7 | 8 | |||
| Credit cards | 7 | 6 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | 2 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 22 | 24 | |||
| Total recoveries | 74 | 84 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | (244) | (161) | |||
| Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses | 415 | 437 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year | $ | 1,508 | $ | 1,337 | |
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year | 225 | 160 | |||
| Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments | 74 | 65 | |||
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c) | $ | 296 | $ | 225 | |
| Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year | $ | 1,804 | $ | 1,562 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average total loans | .21 | % | .14 | % | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans | 1.34 | 1.12 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans | 1.60 | 1.31 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans | 262.7 | 345.5 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans | 314.3 | 403.6 | |||
| Discontinued operations — education lending business: | |||||
| Loans charged off | $ | 4 | $ | 6 | |
| Recoveries | 1 | 2 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | $ | (3) | $ | (4) |
(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.
87
Table of contents
Nonperforming assets
Figure 33 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 33, nonperforming assets increased $171 million during 2023. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.
Figure 33. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2023 | 2022 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 297 | $ | 174 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 100 | 21 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 100 | 21 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | — | 1 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 397 | 196 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 71 | 77 | |||
| Home equity loans | 97 | 107 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 3 | 3 | |||
| Credit cards | 5 | 3 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | 1 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 177 | 191 | |||
| Total nonperforming loans | 574 | 387 | |||
| Nonperforming loans held for sale | — | 20 | |||
| OREO | 17 | 13 | |||
| Other nonperforming assets | — | — | |||
| Total nonperforming assets | $ | 591 | $ | 420 | |
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | $ | 107 | $ | 60 | |
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 222 | 180 | |||
| Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c) | N/A | 236 | |||
| Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c) | N/A | 118 | |||
| Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business | 3 | 3 | |||
| Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans | .51 | % | .32 | % | |
| Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c) | .52 | .35 |
(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Restructured loans (i.e., TDRs) are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information on our TDRs. These concessions are made to improve the collectability of the loan and generally take the form of a reduction of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance.
Figure 34 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Figure 34. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations
| 2023 Quarters | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2023 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2022 | |||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period | $ | 387 | $ | 455 | $ | 431 | $ | 416 | $ | 387 | $ | 454 | |||||
| Loans placed on nonaccrual status | 768 | 297 | 159 | 169 | 143 | 398 | |||||||||||
| Charge-offs | (318) | (95) | (87) | (76) | (60) | (244) | |||||||||||
| Loans sold | (38) | (9) | (4) | (23) | (2) | (15) | |||||||||||
| Payments | (132) | (56) | (25) | (20) | (31) | (113) | |||||||||||
| Transfers to OREO | (9) | (2) | (3) | (2) | (2) | (5) | |||||||||||
| Loans returned to accrual status | (84) | (16) | (16) | (33) | (19) | (88) | |||||||||||
| Balance at end of period | $ | 574 | $ | 574 | $ | 455 | $ | 431 | $ | 416 | $ | 387 |
Operational and compliance risk management
Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance
88
Table of contents
risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, or harm to our reputation.
We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.
The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Audit Committee and updates the Risk Committee, as appropriate, on matters related to the oversight of these controls.
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000091576-23-000026.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page Number | |
|---|---|
| Introduction | 47 |
| Long-term financial targets | 48 |
| Corporate strategy | 49 |
| Strategic developments | 49 |
| Results of Operations | 50 |
| Earnings overview | 50 |
| Net interest income | 50 |
| Provision for credit losses | 53 |
| Noninterest income | 53 |
| Noninterest expense | 55 |
| Income taxes | 57 |
| Business Segment Results | 57 |
| Consumer Bank | 57 |
| Commercial Bank | 58 |
| Financial Condition | 60 |
| Loans and loans held for sale | 60 |
| Securities | 66 |
| Deposits and other sources of funds | 69 |
| Capital | 69 |
| Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations | 71 |
| Off-balance sheet arrangements | 71 |
| Guarantees | 72 |
| Risk Management | 72 |
| Overview | 72 |
| Market risk management | 74 |
| Liquidity risk management | 80 |
| Credit risk management | 83 |
| Operational and compliance risk management | 87 |
| GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations | 89 |
| Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates | 90 |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | 90 |
| Valuation methodologies | 91 |
| Derivatives and hedging | 93 |
| Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes | 93 |
| Accounting and reporting developments | 94 |
46
Table of contents
Introduction
This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2022 and 2021. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2020 and a comparison between the 2020 and 2021 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2021 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2022, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.
47
Table of contents
Long-term financial targets
(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “cash efficiency.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
Positive Operating Leverage
Generate positive operating leverage and a cash efficiency ratio in the range of 54.0% to 56.0%.
Positive operating leverage was delivered for the 2022 fiscal year, marking the ninth time in the past ten years this was achieved. We expect to again generate positive operating leverage in 2023.
Moderate Risk Profile
Maintain a moderate risk profile by targeting a net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio in the range of .40% to .60% through a credit cycle.
Our net charge-offs to average loans ratio remains at a historically low level. We believe our strong risk management practices will allow us to continue supporting our clients, while maintaining our moderate risk profile, and will position Key to perform well through all business cycles.
Financial Return
A return on average tangible common equity in the range of 16.0% to 19.0%.
Our full-year dividend for 2022 was $.79, reflecting a Board approved increase in the fourth quarter. We remain committed to delivering value to all shareholders.
48
Table of contents
Corporate strategy
We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined in our capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our diverse and high-performing workforce. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.
•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.
•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful impact for our clients.
•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.
•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital remains a competitive advantage for us.
•Engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce to create an environment where they can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.
Strategic developments
We took the following actions during 2022 in support of our corporate strategy:
•We continued the momentum of loan growth across both our consumer and commercial businesses as we continue to add clients and deepen our existing relationships.
•In the third quarter, we implemented new client-friendly fee terms, eliminating NSF fees and introducing Key Coverage Zone TM for overdraft fees.
•We continued to expand targeted client relationships in healthcare, growing relationships with nurses and significant healthcare providers, including healthcare systems and facilities.
•Our strong capital position allows us to continue to execute against each of our capital priorities of organic growth, dividends, and share repurchases. During the fourth quarter, the Board of Directors announced an increase in the quarterly dividend to $.205 per common share resulting in a full-year dividend of $.79.
•We continued to grow profitably during 2022. Positive operating leverage was achieved for the year, and we expect to deliver positive operating leverage in 2023.
•During 2022 we completed the acquisition of GradFin, one of the nation's leading Public Service Loan Forgiveness counseling providers. The acquisition furthers Key's commitment to accelerate growth through targeted investments in digital, niche businesses.
•Overall, credit quality remains strong as our new loan originations in both our commercial and consumer book continue to meet our criteria for high quality loans as we continue to effectively manage risk and rewards. Our continuous focus on maintaining our risk discipline has and will continue to position us to perform well through all business cycles.
•Maintaining financial strength while driving long-term shareholder value was again a focus during 2022. At December 31, 2022, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 9.10% and 10.60%, respectively.
•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce. We have been recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where employees
49
Table of contents
are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work. Some of these awards and recognitions included the Human Rights Campaign naming us one of the 2022 Best Places to Work for LGBT Equality, Bloomberg listing us on the Gender-Equality Index, G.I. Jobs and Military Spouse Magazine recognizing us as a Military Friendly® and Military Friendly® Spouse Employer, and receiving the Leading Disability Employer Seal from the National Organization on Disability. We were also named to DiversityInc’s 2022 Top 50 Companies for Diversity.
Results of Operations
Earnings Overview
The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2021, to the year ended December 31, 2022 (dollars in millions):
(a) Includes Preferred dividends.
Net interest income
One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:
•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;
•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;
•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;
•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;
•asset quality; and
•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.
50
Table of contents
Net interest income (TE) for 2022 was $4.6 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.64%. Compared to 2021, net interest income (TE) increased $456 million and the net interest margin increased by 14 basis points. Net interest income (TE) benefited from higher earning asset balances, higher interest rates, and a favorable balance sheet mix. Net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin were negatively impacted by the sale of the indirect auto loan portfolio in the third quarter of 2021, higher interest-bearing deposit costs, and lower loan fees from PPP.
Average loans totaled $111.3 billion for 2022, compared to $100.3 billion in 2021. Commercial loans increased $6.5 billion, reflecting core commercial and industrial loan growth and an increase in commercial mortgage real estate loans, which mitigated the impact of a $4.7 billion decline in PPP balances. Consumer loans increased $4.6 billion driven by Key’s consumer mortgage business and student loan originations from Laurel Road, partly offset by the sale of the indirect auto loan portfolio in the third quarter of 2021.
Average deposits totaled $146.9 billion for 2022, an increase of $1.8 billion compared to 2021. The increase reflects growth from consumer and commercial relationships, partially offset by a decline in time deposits and non-operating commercial deposit balances.
Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past five years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.
51
Table of contents
Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(h)
| Year ended December 31, | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | Average Balance | Interest (a) | Yield/ Rate (a) | |||||||||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans (b), (c) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (d) | $ | 54,970 | $ | 2,148 | 3.91 | % | $ | 50,931 | $ | 1,795 | 3.52 | % | $ | 55,145 | $ | 1,977 | 3.59 | % | ||||||||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 15,572 | 633 | 4.07 | 13,118 | 472 | 3.60 | 13,279 | 521 | 3.92 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 2,229 | 99 | 4.44 | 2,113 | 77 | 3.61 | 1,843 | 74 | 3.99 | |||||||||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 3,869 | 98 | 2.54 | 4,019 | 114 | 2.84 | 4,497 | 139 | 3.09 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 76,640 | 2,978 | 3.89 | 70,181 | 2,458 | 3.50 | 74,764 | 2,711 | 3.63 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 19,036 | 559 | 2.94 | 12,252 | 348 | 2.84 | 8,094 | 284 | 3.50 | |||||||||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 8,115 | 347 | 4.28 | 8,967 | 336 | 3.74 | 9,772 | 392 | 4.01 | |||||||||||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 6,490 | 277 | 4.27 | 5,105 | 233 | 4.56 | 4,213 | 221 | 5.26 | |||||||||||||||||
| Credit cards | 959 | 107 | 11.23 | 925 | 94 | 10.11 | 1,001 | 107 | 10.65 | |||||||||||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 62 | — | — | 2,839 | 90 | 3.19 | 4,845 | 180 | 3.72 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 34,662 | 1,290 | 3.72 | 30,088 | 1,101 | 3.66 | 27,925 | 1,184 | 4.24 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | 111,302 | 4,268 | 3.84 | 100,269 | 3,559 | 3.55 | 102,689 | 3,895 | 3.79 | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans held for sale | 1,278 | 56 | 4.41 | 1,700 | 50 | 2.96 | 1,972 | 69 | 3.49 | |||||||||||||||||
| Securities available for sale (b), (e) | 42,325 | 752 | 1.62 | 35,765 | 546 | 1.53 | 23,742 | 484 | 2.10 | |||||||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities (b) | 7,676 | 213 | 2.77 | 7,035 | 185 | 2.63 | 8,938 | 222 | 2.49 | |||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets | 850 | 31 | 3.61 | 820 | 19 | 2.35 | 814 | 20 | 2.47 | |||||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 4,264 | 97 | 2.28 | 17,529 | 28 | .16 | 9,096 | 18 | .20 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other investments (e) | 952 | 22 | 2.26 | 621 | 7 | 1.14 | 635 | 6 | .87 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total earning assets | 168,647 | 5,439 | 3.15 | 163,739 | 4,394 | 2.69 | 147,886 | 4,714 | 3.20 | |||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | (1,101) | (1,340) | (1,481) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued income and other assets | 18,340 | 16,520 | 15,650 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued assets | 492 | 632 | 775 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | 186,378 | $ | 179,551 | $ | 162,830 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| LIABILITIES | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| NOW and money market deposit accounts | $ | 85,673 | $ | 234 | .27 | % | $ | 84,736 | $ | 41 | .05 | % | $ | 75,733 | $ | 206 | .27 | % | ||||||||
| Savings deposits | 7,798 | 1 | .01 | 6,893 | 1 | .02 | 5,252 | 2 | .04 | |||||||||||||||||
| Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(f) | 1,455 | 8 | .56 | 2,135 | 16 | .72 | 4,520 | 83 | 1.83 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other time deposits | 2,892 | 36 | 1.25 | 2,540 | 9 | .37 | 4,041 | 56 | 1.38 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 97,818 | 279 | .29 | 96,304 | 67 | .07 | 89,546 | 347 | .39 | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | 2,107 | 41 | 1.93 | 239 | — | .02 | 670 | 6 | .88 | |||||||||||||||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | 2,963 | 90 | 3.02 | 770 | 8 | 1.08 | 1,452 | 12 | .85 | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term debt (f), (g) | 14,915 | 475 | 3.19 | 12,391 | 221 | 1.79 | 12,578 | 286 | 2.36 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 117,803 | 885 | .75 | 109,704 | 296 | .27 | 104,246 | 651 | .63 | |||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing deposits | 49,044 | 48,731 | 37,740 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued expense and other liabilities | 4,309 | 2,819 | 2,433 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued liabilities (g) | 492 | 632 | 775 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 171,648 | 161,886 | 145,194 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity | 14,730 | 17,665 | 17,636 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interests | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total equity | 14,730 | 17,665 | 17,636 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity | $ | 186,378 | $ | 179,551 | $ | 162,830 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread (TE) | 2.40 | % | 2.42 | % | 2.57 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE) | $ | 4,554 | 2.64 | % | $ | 4,098 | 2.50 | % | $ | 4,063 | 2.77 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Less: TE adjustment (b) | 27 | 27 | 29 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income, GAAP basis | $ | 4,527 | $ | 4,071 | $ | 4,034 |
(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.
(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.
(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $157 million, $134 million, and $130 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.
(e)Yield is calculated on the basis of amortized cost.
(f)Rate calculation excludes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges.
(g)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.
(h)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.
52
Table of contents
Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.
Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations
| 2022 vs. 2021 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageVolume | Yield/ Rate | Net Change(a) | |||||
| INTEREST INCOME | ||||||||
| Loans | $ | 428 | $ | 281 | $ | 709 | ||
| Loans held for sale | (14) | 20 | 6 | |||||
| Securities available for sale | 109 | 97 | 206 | |||||
| Held-to-maturity securities | 17 | 11 | 28 | |||||
| Trading account assets | 1 | 11 | 12 | |||||
| Short-term investments | (36) | 105 | 69 | |||||
| Other investments | 5 | 10 | 15 | |||||
| Total interest income (TE) | 509 | 536 | 1,045 | |||||
| INTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||
| NOW and money market deposit accounts | — | 193 | 193 | |||||
| Savings deposits | — | — | — | |||||
| Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more) | (4) | (4) | (8) | |||||
| Other time deposits | 1 | 26 | 27 | |||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | (2) | 214 | 212 | |||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | — | 41 | 41 | |||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | 49 | 33 | 82 | |||||
| Long-term debt | 52 | 202 | 254 | |||||
| Total interest expense | 99 | 490 | 589 | |||||
| Net interest income (TE) | $ | 410 | $ | 46 | $ | 456 |
(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Provision for credit losses
Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $502 million for 2022, compared to a $418 million net benefit for 2021. The increase in our provision for credit losses was a result of reserve increases largely driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth, offset somewhat by lower net charge-offs. In 2021, our provision for credit losses was a net benefit due to reserve releases as the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally caused by COVID-19 eased, along with significantly lower net loan charge-offs and improved asset quality. In 2023 we expect net charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 25 to 30 bps.
53
Table of contents
Noninterest income
Noninterest income for 2022 was $2.7 billion, compared to $3.2 billion during 2021. Noninterest income represented 37% of total revenue for 2022 and 44% of total revenue for 2021. In 2023, we expect noninterest income to be down 1% to 3% compared to 2022.
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 3. Noninterest Income
(a)Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.
54
Table of contents
Trust and investment services income
Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management commissions, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2022, trust and investment services income decreased $4 million, or 0.8%. This was primarily due to an increase in commissions based revenue offset by decreases in fees associated with lower assets under management.
A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2022, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $51.3 billion, compared to $55.8 billion at December 31, 2021. The decrease from 2021 to 2022 was primarily attributable to movements in the equity markets.
Figure 4. Assets Under Administration
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2022 | 2021 | Amount | Percent | |||||||
| Discretionary assets under management by investment type: | |||||||||||
| Equity | $ | 28,313 | $ | 33,767 | $ | (5,454) | (16.2) | % | |||
| Fixed income | 14,432 | 13,851 | 581 | 4.2 | |||||||
| Money market | 5,238 | 4,541 | 697 | 15.3 | |||||||
| Total discretionary assets under management | $ | 47,983 | $ | 52,159 | $ | (4,176) | (8.0) | % | |||
| Non-discretionary assets under administration | $ | 3,299 | $ | 3,647 | $ | (348) | (9.5) | % | |||
| Total | $ | 51,282 | $ | 55,806 | $ | (4,524) | (8.1) | % |
Investment banking and debt placement fees
Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and financial advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2022, investment banking and debt placement fees decreased $299 million, or 31.9%, from the prior year reflecting the slowdown in capital markets activity.
Service charges on deposit accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts increased $13 million, or 3.9%, in 2022 compared to the prior year. This increase stemmed from account analysis services and overdraft fees, specifically over the first three quarters of the year. Beginning late in the third quarter, Key implemented new fee terms which eliminated NSF fees and introduced Key Coverage ZoneTM for overdraft fees resulting in expected reductions in fees in the fourth quarter.
Cards and payments income
Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income, decreased $74 million, or 17.8%, in 2022 compared to 2021. This decrease was primarily due to reduced prepaid card activity as customers rolled off government support programs during the year with a slight offset from an increase in merchant services income.
Other noninterest income
Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. Other noninterest income decreased $112 million, or 11.5%, in 2022 compared to 2021, driven by decreases in consumer mortgage income from lower gain on sale margins and lower saleable volume. Decreases also occurred within operating lease income and other leasing gains from declining operating lease balances. These decreases were slightly offset by an increase in corporate services income from higher derivatives income.
Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense for 2022 was $4.4 billion, compared to $4.4 billion for 2021. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022. In 2023, we expect noninterest expense to be relatively stable compared to 2022.
55
Table of contents
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 5. Noninterest Expense
(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.
Personnel
As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $5 million, or 0.2%, in 2022 compared to 2021. Activity for the year was driven by higher salaries from higher merits and contract tech labor, with an offset from decreased incentive compensation costs from lower revenue generation in our variable expense businesses.
Figure 6. Personnel Expense
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | Change 2022 vs. 2021 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Amount | Percent | ||||||||
| Salaries and contract labor | $ | 1,500 | $ | 1,311 | $ | 189 | 14.4 | % | |||
| Incentive and stock-based compensation (a) | 693 | 861 | (168) | (19.5) | |||||||
| Employee benefits | 363 | 388 | (25) | (6.4) | |||||||
| Severance | 10 | 1 | 9 | N/M | |||||||
| Total personnel expense | $ | 2,566 | $ | 2,561 | $ | 5 | 0.2 | % |
N/M - Not meaningful
(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $3 million in 2022 and $2 million in 2021, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.
Non-personnel expense
In total, other non-personnel expense decreased $24 million, or 1.3%, in 2022 compared to 2021 stemming from declines in business services and professional fees and operating expense, with a slight offset from an increase in computer processing costs.
56
Table of contents
Income taxes
We recorded a tax provision from continuing operations of $422 million for 2022, compared to $642 million for 2021. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 18.1% for 2022 and 19.7% for 2021. In 2023, we expect our GAAP tax rate to be approximately 20%.
In 2022, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, tax credits associated with energy related projects and low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).
Business Segment Results
This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.
Consumer Bank
Segment imperatives
•Simplification and digitalization to drive growth and operating leverage
•Relationship-based strategy with a focus on financial wellness as a differentiator
•Omni-channel approach in delivering products and services
Market and business overview
As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. In an increasingly digital world focused on specialized convenience, we have made meaningful steps to meet those demands through new digital portals including the rollout of our national digital affinity bank, Laurel Road for Doctors. These platforms place us in a strong position to develop long lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Financial wellness is a core tenet of our customer relationships and we see it in three different ways: diagnose, enhance, and sustain. Our goal is to get our clients to a place where they can comfortably sustain their current financial position so we can be there for them when they are ready to grow. Clients no longer go to a branch to conduct transactions only, they go to seek advice and gain new perspectives on issues they may be facing.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $392 million in 2022, compared to $876 million in 2021, a decrease of 55.3%, largely driven by reserve increases
•Taxable equivalent net interest income increased in 2022 by $60 million, or 2.5%, from the prior year, driven by higher earning assets and interest rates
•Average loans and leases increased in 2022 by $1.9 billion, or 4.8%, from the prior year, driven by loan growth in consumer mortgage and Laurel Road, partly offset by a decline in home equity loans
•Average deposits increased in 2022 by $1.7 billion, or 1.9%, from the prior year, driven by higher retail deposits
57
Table of contents
•Provision for credit losses increased $311 million in 2022 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve increases driven by changes in the economic outlook, loan growth, offset slightly by lower net charge-offs. In 2021, our provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $118 million due to reserve releases as the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally caused by COVID-19 eased
•Noninterest income decreased in 2022 by $72 million, or 6.7%,driven by decreases in consumer mortgage income from lower gain on sale margins and lower saleable volume, and a decline in trust and investment services, reflecting lower equity markets
•Noninterest expense increased in 2022 by $314 million, or 13.1%, primarily driven by higher salaries, increased deposit insurance assessments, and increased technology and other business support costs.
Commercial Bank
Segment imperatives
•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities
•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients
•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets
58
Table of contents
Market and business overview
Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $1.1 billion in 2022, compared to $1.6 billion in 2021, a decrease of 30.2%, largely driven by an increase in reserves and lower investment banking and debt placement fees
•Taxable equivalent net interest income increased in 2022 by $217 million, or 13.2%, from the prior year, reflecting growth in commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans, as well as higher interest rates
•Average loan and lease balances increased $9.1 billion in 2022, or 15.0%, due to growth in commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans
•Average deposit balances decreased $926 million in 2022, or 1.7%, driven by a decline in non-operating deposits
•Provision for credit losses increased $596 million in 2022 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve increases driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth. In 2021, our provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $279 million due to reserve releases as the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally caused by COVID-19 eased
•Noninterest income decreased $390 million in 2022, or 19.6%, from the prior year, driven by lower investment banking and debt placement fees, partially offset by an increase in corporate services income primarily reflecting higher derivatives income
•Noninterest expense decreased by $131 million in 2022, or 7.0%, from the prior year, driven by lower incentive compensation and lower operating lease expense, as well as a decrease in other business segment support costs
59
Table of contents
Financial Condition
Loans and loans held for sale
Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans
(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer direct loans, Credit cards, and Consumer indirect loans. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.
60
Table of contents
Figure 8 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.
Figure 8. Composition of Loans
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | Amount | Percent of Total | Amount | Percent of Total | ||||||||||
| COMMERCIAL | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (a) | $ | 59,647 | 50.0 | % | $ | 50,525 | 49.6 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 16,352 | 13.7 | 14,244 | 13.9 | ||||||||||
| Construction | 2,530 | 2.1 | 1,996 | 2.0 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 18,882 | 15.8 | 16,240 | 15.9 | ||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing (b) | 3,936 | 3.3 | 4,071 | 4.0 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 82,465 | 69.1 | 70,836 | 69.5 | ||||||||||
| CONSUMER | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 21,401 | 17.9 | 15,756 | 15.5 | ||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 7,951 | 6.6 | 8,467 | 8.3 | ||||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 6,508 | 5.4 | 5,753 | 5.6 | ||||||||||
| Credit cards | 1,026 | 0.9 | 972 | 1.0 | ||||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 43 | 0.1 | 70 | 0.1 | ||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 36,929 | 30.9 | 31,018 | 30.5 | ||||||||||
| Total loans (c) | $ | 119,394 | 100.0 | % | $ | 101,854 | 100.0 | % |
(a)Loan balances include $172 million and $139 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $8 million and $16 million at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).
(c)Total loans exclude loans of $434 million at December 31, 2022, and $567 million at December 31, 2021, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.
At December 31, 2022, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $119.4 billion, compared to $101.9 billion at the end of 2021. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”
Commercial loan portfolio
Commercial loans outstanding were $82.5 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $11.6 billion, or 16.4%, compared to December 31, 2021. The increase reflects core commercial and industrial loan growth and an increase in commercial real estate loans, which mitigated the impact of a $1.5 billion decline in PPP balances.
Figure 9 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.
61
Table of contents
Figure 9. Commercial Loans by Industry
| December 31, 2022 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 907 | $ | 171 | $ | 96 | $ | 1,174 | 1.4 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 1,660 | 741 | 12 | 2,413 | 2.9 | |||||||||||||
| Business products | 2,332 | 176 | 37 | 2,545 | 3.1 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 3,497 | 249 | 167 | 3,913 | 4.7 | |||||||||||||
| Chemicals | 934 | 31 | 45 | 1,010 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 2,351 | 327 | 309 | 2,987 | 3.7 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 4,312 | 544 | 286 | 5,142 | 6.2 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,963 | 873 | 346 | 6,182 | 7.5 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 1,988 | 111 | 113 | 2,212 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 8,784 | 111 | 462 | 9,357 | 11.3 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 3,379 | 1,348 | 310 | 5,037 | 6.1 | |||||||||||||
| Metals and mining | 1,453 | 86 | 94 | 1,633 | 2.0 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 2,385 | 32 | 20 | 2,437 | 3.0 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,526 | 9 | 582 | 3,117 | 3.8 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 8,862 | 13,897 | 7 | 22,766 | 27.6 | |||||||||||||
| Technology | 914 | 12 | 89 | 1,015 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 1,139 | 159 | 497 | 1,795 | 2.2 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 6,725 | 5 | 450 | 7,180 | 8.7 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 536 | — | 14 | 550 | .7 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 59,647 | $ | 18,882 | $ | 3,936 | $ | 82,465 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| December 31, 2021 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 872 | $ | 161 | $ | 84 | $ | 1,117 | 1.6 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 1,253 | 609 | 18 | 1,880 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Business products | 1,732 | 131 | 39 | 1,902 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 3,202 | 235 | 177 | 3,614 | 5.1 | |||||||||||||
| Chemicals | 786 | 25 | 22 | 833 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 2,248 | 338 | 264 | 2,850 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,760 | 555 | 276 | 4,591 | 6.5 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,998 | 889 | 424 | 6,311 | 8.9 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 1,650 | 97 | 138 | 1,885 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 6,676 | 98 | 380 | 7,154 | 10.1 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 3,138 | 1,302 | 245 | 4,685 | 6.6 | |||||||||||||
| Metals and mining | 1,219 | 71 | 55 | 1,345 | 1.9 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 1,758 | 26 | 35 | 1,819 | 2.6 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,768 | 15 | 720 | 3,503 | 4.9 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 6,494 | 11,456 | 9 | 17,959 | 25.3 | |||||||||||||
| Technology | 649 | 9 | 149 | 807 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 1,288 | 134 | 551 | 1,973 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 5,491 | — | 467 | 5,958 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 543 | 89 | 18 | 650 | .9 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 50,525 | $ | 16,240 | $ | 4,071 | $ | 70,836 | 100.0 | % |
Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 50% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2022, and 51% at December 31, 2021. This portfolio is approximately 86% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.
Commercial and industrial loans totaled $59.6 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $9.1 billion, or 18.1%, compared to December 31, 2021. The increase was broad-based and spread across most industry categories and mitigated the impact of a $1.5 billion decline in PPP balances.
Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate lending business includes both mortgage and construction loans, and is conducted through two primary sources: our 15-state banking franchise, and KeyBank Real Estate Capital, a national line of business that cultivates relationships with owners of commercial real estate located both within and beyond the branch system. Nonowner-occupied properties, generally properties for which at least 50% of the debt service is provided by rental income from nonaffiliated third parties, represented 81% of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2022. Construction loans, which provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project, represented 13% of commercial real estate loans at year end.
62
Table of contents
At December 31, 2022, commercial real estate loans totaled $18.9 billion, comprised of $16.4 billion of mortgage loans and $2.5 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2021, this portfolio increased $2.6 billion driven by growth in multi-family lending, including a focus in affordable housing.
As shown in Figure 10, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.
Figure 10. Commercial Real Estate Loans
| Geographic Region | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | West | Southwest | Central | Midwest | Southeast | Northeast | National | Total | Percent of Total | Construction | CommercialMortgage | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diversified | $ | 9 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 4 | $ | — | $ | 24 | $ | 231 | $ | 268 | 1.4 | % | $ | — | $ | 268 | |||||||||
| Industrial | 75 | 25 | 101 | 135 | 220 | 284 | 52 | 892 | 4.7 | 203 | 689 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 1 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 24 | — | 37 | .2 | 15 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 58 | — | 10 | 4 | 20 | 72 | 41 | 205 | 1.1 | 22 | 183 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 47 | — | 43 | 9 | 19 | 98 | 25 | 241 | 1.3 | 64 | 177 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 1,083 | 533 | 1,388 | 1,264 | 2,813 | 1,370 | 438 | 8,889 | 47.1 | 1,705 | 7,184 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 189 | 1 | 173 | 113 | 128 | 300 | 95 | 999 | 5.3 | — | 999 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 282 | 35 | 112 | 183 | 69 | 395 | 235 | 1,311 | 6.9 | 106 | 1,205 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 85 | 13 | 50 | 20 | 79 | 37 | 202 | 486 | 2.6 | 4 | 482 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 150 | 57 | 144 | 76 | 118 | 120 | 235 | 900 | 4.8 | 194 | 706 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | — | — | 52 | — | 239 | 143 | 434 | 2.3 | — | 434 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | — | — | — | 53 | 199 | 13 | — | 265 | 1.4 | 39 | 226 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 24 | 4 | 9 | 79 | 42 | 83 | 195 | 436 | 2.3 | 2 | 434 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 2,003 | 671 | 2,033 | 1,995 | 3,710 | 3,059 | 1,892 | 15,363 | 81.4 | 2,354 | 13,009 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,149 | 5 | 364 | 580 | 128 | 1,293 | — | 3,519 | 18.6 | 176 | 3,343 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 3,152 | $ | 676 | $ | 2,397 | $ | 2,575 | $ | 3,838 | $ | 4,352 | $ | 1,892 | $ | 18,882 | 100.0 | % | $ | 2,530 | $ | 16,352 | |||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 2 | $ | — | $ | 7 | $ | 12 | $ | 21 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 21 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | — | — | — | — | — | 8 | — | 8 | N/M | — | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | — | — | 1 | 11 | — | 6 | — | 18 | N/M | — | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Diversified | $ | 18 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 1 | $ | — | $ | 40 | $ | 183 | $ | 242 | 1.5 | % | $ | — | $ | 242 | |||||||||
| Industrial | 47 | 25 | 44 | 44 | 218 | 224 | 114 | 716 | 4.4 | 90 | 626 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land & Residential | 13 | 3 | 4 | 2 | 5 | 29 | — | 56 | .3 | 33 | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Lodging | 75 | — | 21 | 4 | 30 | 101 | 28 | 259 | 1.6 | 27 | 232 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Medical Office | 46 | — | 44 | 5 | 6 | 95 | — | 196 | 1.2 | 24 | 172 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | 855 | 490 | 1,166 | 941 | 1,651 | 1,392 | 239 | 6,734 | 41.5 | 1,249 | 5,485 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office | 213 | — | 199 | 122 | 133 | 372 | 46 | 1,085 | 6.7 | 17 | 1,068 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail | 247 | 36 | 131 | 226 | 95 | 409 | 192 | 1,336 | 8.2 | 87 | 1,249 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Self Storage | 44 | 5 | 44 | 13 | 39 | 50 | 74 | 269 | 1.7 | 5 | 264 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Senior Housing | 115 | 32 | 109 | 57 | 107 | 198 | 222 | 840 | 5.2 | 114 | 726 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Skilled Nursing | — | 39 | 19 | 2 | 13 | 271 | 164 | 508 | 3.1 | — | 508 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Student Housing | 10 | — | 36 | 65 | 124 | 14 | — | 249 | 1.5 | 86 | 163 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 20 | — | 6 | 77 | 33 | 120 | 89 | 345 | 2.1 | 2 | 343 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 1,703 | 630 | 1,823 | 1,559 | 2,454 | 3,315 | 1,351 | 12,835 | 79.0 | 1,734 | 11,101 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,065 | — | 293 | 592 | 124 | 1,331 | — | 3,405 | 21.0 | 262 | 3,143 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,768 | $ | 630 | $ | 2,116 | $ | 2,151 | $ | 2,578 | $ | 4,646 | $ | 1,351 | $ | 16,240 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,996 | $ | 14,244 | |||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 2 | $ | — | $ | 17 | $ | 25 | $ | 44 | N/M | $ | — | $ | 44 | ||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | 1 | — | 1 | — | — | 6 | — | 8 | N/M | 1 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | — | — | 5 | 1 | 24 | 5 | — | 35 | N/M | 16 | 19 |
| West – | Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming |
|---|---|
| Southwest – | Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico |
| Central – | Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah |
| Midwest – | Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin |
| Southeast – | Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia |
| Northeast – | Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont |
| National – | Accounts in three or more regions |
63
Table of contents
Consumer loan portfolio
Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2022, totaled $36.9 billion, an increase of $5.9 billion, or 19.1%, from one year ago. Consumer loans continue to reflect strength from the consumer mortgage business and
Laurel Road.
The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2022, representing approximately 58% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 22% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.
We held the first lien position for approximately 66% of the Consumer Bank home equity portfolio at December 31, 2022, and 71% at December 31, 2021. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as original and updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”
Figure 11. Consumer Loans by State
| Dollars in millions | Real estate — residential mortgage | Home equity loans | Consumer direct loans | Credit cards | Consumer indirect loans | Total | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||
| Washington | $ | 4,621 | $ | 1,100 | $ | 253 | $ | 87 | $ | 2 | $ | 6,063 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,766 | 1,173 | 347 | 214 | 5 | 4,505 | |||||||||||
| New York | 840 | 2,256 | 770 | 359 | 1 | 4,226 | |||||||||||
| Colorado | 3,006 | 301 | 171 | 32 | — | 3,510 | |||||||||||
| California | 2,357 | 16 | 538 | 4 | 6 | 2,921 | |||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,268 | 630 | 117 | 43 | — | 2,058 | |||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 459 | 580 | 403 | 61 | 3 | 1,506 | |||||||||||
| Florida | 851 | 45 | 453 | 14 | 6 | 1,369 | |||||||||||
| Texas | 336 | 3 | 397 | 4 | 3 | 743 | |||||||||||
| Illinois | 134 | 3 | 212 | 2 | 1 | 352 | |||||||||||
| Other | 4,763 | 1,844 | 2,847 | 206 | 16 | 9,676 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 21,401 | $ | 7,951 | $ | 6,508 | $ | 1,026 | $ | 43 | $ | 36,929 | |||||
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||
| New York | $ | 679 | $ | 2,467 | $ | 638 | $ | 345 | $ | 4 | $ | 4,133 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,631 | 1,284 | 485 | 206 | 8 | 4,614 | |||||||||||
| Washington | 2,264 | 1,076 | 234 | 81 | 2 | 3,657 | |||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 351 | 634 | 327 | 55 | 4 | 1,371 | |||||||||||
| California | 1,781 | 14 | 430 | 3 | 10 | 2,238 | |||||||||||
| Texas | 184 | 5 | 343 | 4 | 4 | 540 | |||||||||||
| Colorado | 2,602 | 284 | 156 | 30 | — | 3,072 | |||||||||||
| Connecticut | 837 | 319 | 96 | 26 | 2 | 1,280 | |||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,009 | 670 | 110 | 40 | 1 | 1,830 | |||||||||||
| Florida | 591 | 46 | 378 | 13 | 10 | 1,038 | |||||||||||
| Other | 2,827 | 1,668 | 2,556 | 169 | 25 | 7,245 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 15,756 | $ | 8,467 | $ | 5,753 | $ | 972 | $ | 70 | $ | 31,018 |
64
Table of contents
Loan sales
As shown in Figure 12, during 2022, we sold $12.5 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $151 million during 2022.
Figure 12 summarizes our loan sales during 2022 and 2021.
Figure 12. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)
| Dollars in millions | Commercial | CommercialReal Estate | CommercialLeaseFinancing | ResidentialReal Estate | Consumer Indirect | Total | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 33 | $ | 2,774 | $ | 114 | $ | 235 | $ | — | $ | 3,156 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 211 | 1,882 | 43 | 353 | — | 2,489 | ||||||||||||
| Second quarter | 41 | 1,851 | 150 | 496 | — | 2,538 | ||||||||||||
| First quarter | 1,469 | 1,909 | 39 | 901 | — | 4,318 | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,754 | $ | 8,416 | $ | 346 | $ | 1,985 | $ | — | $ | 12,501 | ||||||
| 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 296 | $ | 3,460 | $ | 93 | $ | 987 | $ | — | $ | 4,836 | ||||||
| Third quarter | 215 | 1,996 | 68 | 901 | 3,305 | 6,485 | ||||||||||||
| Second quarter | 1,085 | 1,907 | 75 | 1,192 | — | 4,259 | ||||||||||||
| First quarter | 124 | 1,930 | 156 | 1,129 | — | 3,339 | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,720 | $ | 9,293 | $ | 392 | $ | 4,209 | $ | 3,305 | $ | 18,919 |
Figure 13 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.
Figure 13. Loans Administered or Serviced
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commercial real estate loans | $ | 488,478 | $ | 444,131 | $ | 371,016 | $ | 347,186 | $ | 291,158 | ||||
| Residential mortgage | 11,026 | 10,312 | 8,311 | 6,146 | 5,209 | |||||||||
| Education loans | 312 | 415 | 516 | 625 | 766 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 1,646 | 1,236 | 1,359 | 1,047 | 916 | |||||||||
| Commercial loans | 723 | 750 | 684 | 591 | 549 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct | 509 | 699 | 1,711 | 2,243 | — | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect | 1,536 | 2,714 | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total | $ | 504,230 | $ | 460,257 | $ | 383,597 | $ | 357,838 | $ | 298,598 |
In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $6.8 billion of the $504.2 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2022. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”
We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).
65
Table of contents
Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates
Figure 14 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2022.
Figure 14. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)
| December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | Within One Year | One - Five Years | Five - Fifteen Years | Over Fifteen Years | Total | |||||||||
| Commercial | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 10,829 | $ | 41,764 | $ | 6,881 | $ | 173 | $ | 59,647 | ||||
| Commercial Mortgage | 4,020 | 8,680 | 3,322 | 330 | 16,352 | |||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 1,071 | 1,057 | 81 | 321 | 2,530 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 228 | 2,115 | 1,565 | 28 | 3,936 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | $ | 16,148 | $ | 53,616 | $ | 11,849 | $ | 852 | $ | 82,465 | ||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate - residential mortgage | $ | 57 | $ | 26 | $ | 864 | $ | 20,454 | $ | 21,401 | ||||
| Home equity loans | 12 | 267 | 2,546 | 5,126 | 7,951 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 521 | 1,074 | 2,763 | 2,150 | 6,508 | |||||||||
| Credit Cards | 1,026 | — | — | — | 1,026 | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | 41 | 1 | — | 43 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 1,617 | 1,408 | 6,174 | 27,730 | 36,929 | |||||||||
| Total loans | $ | 17,765 | $ | 55,024 | $ | 18,023 | $ | 28,582 | $ | 119,394 | ||||
| Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b) | $ | 49,234 | $ | 5,951 | $ | 13,410 | $ | 68,595 | ||||||
| Loans with predetermined interest rates (c) | 5,791 | 12,071 | 15,172 | 33,034 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 55,025 | $ | 18,022 | $ | 28,582 | $ | 101,629 |
(a)Accrued interest of $417 million at December 31, 2022, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.
(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.
(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.
Securities
Our securities portfolio totaled $47.8 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $52.9 billion at December 31, 2021. Available-for-sale securities were $39.1 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $45.4 billion at December 31, 2021. Held-to-maturity securities were $8.7 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $7.5 billion at December 31, 2021.
As shown in Figure 15, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).
Figure 15. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2022 | 2021 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| FHLMC & FNMA | $ | 25,371 | $ | 28,461 | |
| GNMA | 11,620 | 12,469 | |||
| Total (a) | $ | 36,991 | $ | 40,930 |
(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.
66
Table of contents
Securities available for sale
The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. These mortgage securities generate interest income, serve as collateral to support certain pledging agreements, and provide liquidity value under regulatory requirements.
We periodically evaluate our securities available-for-sale portfolio in light of established A/LM objectives, changing market conditions that could affect the profitability of the portfolio, the regulatory environment, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to take steps to adjust our overall balance sheet positioning.
In addition, the size and composition of our securities available-for-sale portfolio could vary with our needs for liquidity and the extent to which we are required (or elect) to hold these assets as collateral to secure public funds and trust deposits. Although we generally use debt securities for this purpose, other assets, such as securities purchased under resale agreements or letters of credit, are used occasionally when they provide a lower cost of collateral or more favorable risk profiles.
Our investing activities continue to complement other balance sheet developments and provide for our ongoing liquidity management needs. Our actions to not reinvest the monthly security cash flows at various times served to provide the liquidity necessary to address our funding requirements. These funding requirements included ongoing loan growth and occasional debt maturities. At other times, we may make additional investments that go beyond the replacement of maturities or mortgage security cash flows as our liquidity position and/or interest rate risk management strategies may require. Lastly, our focus on investing in high quality liquid assets, including GNMA-related securities, is related to liquidity management strategies to satisfy regulatory requirements.
Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).
67
Table of contents
Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale
| Dollars in millions | U.S. Treasury, Agencies, and Corporations | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a),(b) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Other Securities | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 1,133 | $ | 60 | $ | 2 | $ | 20 | $ | — | $ | 1,215 | 0.48 | % | |||||||
| After one through five years | 8,020 | 2,036 | 2,410 | 2,314 | — | 14,780 | 1.32 | ||||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 157 | 10,734 | 1,271 | 5,808 | — | 17,970 | 1.98 | ||||||||||||||
| After ten years | 105 | 3,603 | 237 | 1,207 | — | 5,152 | 1.76 | ||||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 9,415 | $ | 16,433 | $ | 3,920 | $ | 9,349 | $ | — | $ | 39,117 | — | ||||||||
| Amortized cost | 10,044 | 20,180 | 4,616 | 10,712 | — | 45,552 | 1.67 | % | |||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield (b) | 0.59 | % | 1.67 | % | 1.58 | % | 2.73 | % | — | % | 1.67 | % | — | ||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 1.9 years | 8.1 years | 4.9 years | 7.5 years | — years | 6.3 years | — | ||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 9,472 | $ | 21,119 | $ | 5,122 | $ | 9,651 | $ | — | $ | 45,364 | — | % | |||||||
| Amortized cost | 9,573 | 21,430 | 5,137 | 9,753 | — | 45,893 | 1.43 | % |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
Held-to-maturity securities
The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities that were acquired as the result of balance sheet optimization strategies, including the indirect auto portfolio transaction in the third quarter of 2021. The remaining balance is comprised of foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.
Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities
| Dollars in millions | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Asset-backed securities | Other Securities | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 11 | $ | — | $ | 6 | $ | 2 | $ | 1 | $ | 20 | 2.16 | % | ||||||||||
| After one through five years | 1,569 | 127 | 1,720 | 1,405 | 13 | 4,834 | 2.85 | |||||||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 2,189 | 54 | 761 | — | — | 3,004 | 3.52 | |||||||||||||||||
| After ten years | 817 | — | 35 | — | — | 852 | 4.24 | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 4,586 | $ | 181 | $ | 2,522 | $ | 1,407 | $ | 14 | $ | 8,710 | 3.18 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 4,308 | 165 | 2,315 | 1,311 | 14 | 8,113 | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield(b) | 3.60 | % | 2.87 | % | 3.16 | % | 2.10 | % | 2.43 | % | 3.22 | % | — | |||||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 7.0 years | 5.4 years | 4.5 years | 1.6 years | 2.2 years | 5.4 years | — | |||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 2,196 | $ | 164 | $ | 2,678 | $ | 2,485 | $ | 16 | $ | 7,539 | 2.37 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 2,229 | 170 | 2,796 | 2,454 | 16 | 7,665 | — |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
68
Table of contents
Deposits and other sources of funds
Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2022
Deposits are our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2022, our deposits totaled $142.6 billion, a decrease of $10.0 billion, compared to December 31, 2021. The decrease reflects declines in retail balances and non-operating commercial deposit balances.
Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $28.8 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $12.8 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase reflects loan growth and a decline in deposit balances.
Uninsured deposits totaled $67.1 billion and $77.6 billion at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Uninsured amounts are estimated based on the portion of account balances, including allocated interest payable amounts, in excess of FDIC insurance limits.
Figure 19 shows the maturity distribution of uninsured time deposits.
Figure 19. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts
| December 31, 2022 | Total | |
|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | ||
| Remaining maturity: | ||
| Three months or less | $ | 32 |
| After three through six months | 78 | |
| After six through twelve months | 82 | |
| After twelve months | 97 | |
| Total | $ | 289 |
Capital
The objective of management of capital is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and sufficient in size to operate within a wide range of operating environments. We have identified three primary uses of capital:
1.Investing in our businesses, supporting our clients, and loan growth;
2. Maintaining or increasing our Common Share dividend; and
3. Returning capital in the form of Common Share repurchases to our shareholders.
The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
69
Table of contents
(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.
Dividends
Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.195 per Common Share for the first three quarters of 2022 and $.205 per Common Share for the fourth quarter of 2022. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.79 per Common Share for 2022.
Common Shares outstanding
Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 29,727 holders of record at December 31, 2022. Our book value per Common Share was $11.79 based on 933.3 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2022, compared to $16.76 based on 928.9 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, our tangible book value per Common Share was $8.75, compared to $13.72 at December 31, 2021.
Figure 20 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.
Figure 20. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding
| 2022 Quarters | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| In thousands | 2022 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2021 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at beginning of period | 928,850 | 932,938 | 932,643 | 932,398 | 928,850 | 975,773 | |||||
| Open market repurchases, repurchases under an ASR program, and return of shares under employee compensation plans | (1,736) | (2) | (3) | (24) | (1,707) | (54,986) | |||||
| Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations) | 6,211 | 389 | 298 | 269 | 5,255 | 8,063 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at end of period | 933,325 | 933,325 | 932,938 | 932,643 | 932,398 | 928,850 |
During 2022, Common Shares outstanding increased by 4.5 million shares, primarily driven by issuances under employee compensation plans. For more information on share repurchases activity, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
At December 31, 2022, we had 323.4 million treasury shares, compared to 327.9 million treasury shares at December 31, 2021. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.
Capital adequacy
Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2022. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 7.09% at December 31, 2022, compared to 9.36% at December 31, 2021. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 4.37% at December 31, 2022, compared to 6.95% at December 31, 2021. The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2022, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.
70
Table of contents
Figure 21 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
Figure 21. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets
| December 31, Dollars in millions | 2022 | 2021 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 | ||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP) | $ | 13,454 | $ | 17,423 | ||
| Less: | Preferred Stock (a) | 2,446 | 1,856 | |||
| Add: | CECL phase-in (b) | 178 | 237 | |||
| Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions | 11,186 | 15,804 | ||||
| Less: | Goodwill, net of deferred taxes | 2,612 | 2,571 | |||
| Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes | 88 | 125 | ||||
| Deferred tax assets | 1 | 1 | ||||
| Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes | (4,857) | (300) | ||||
| Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes | (1,160) | (14) | ||||
| Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes | (277) | (272) | ||||
| Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital | 14,779 | 13,693 | ||||
| TIER 1 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 14,779 | 13,693 | ||||
| Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus | 2,446 | 1,856 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 1 capital | 17,225 | 15,549 | ||||
| TIER 2 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus | 2,200 | 1,540 | ||||
| Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c) | 1,351 | 941 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 2 capital | 3,551 | 2,481 | ||||
| Total risk-based capital | $ | 20,776 | $ | 18,030 | ||
| RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS | ||||||
| Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet | $ | 125,900 | $ | 109,041 | ||
| Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure | 35,745 | 33,853 | ||||
| Market risk-equivalent assets | 826 | 1,500 | ||||
| Gross risk-weighted assets | 162,471 | 144,394 | ||||
| Less: | Excess allowance for loan and lease losses | — | — | |||
| Net risk-weighted assets | $ | 162,471 | $ | 144,394 | ||
| AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 193,986 | $ | 183,604 | ||
| CAPITAL RATIOS | ||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital | 10.60 | % | 10.77 | % | ||
| Total risk-based capital | 12.79 | 12.49 | ||||
| Leverage (d) | 8.88 | 8.47 | ||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 9.10 | 9.48 |
(a)Net of capital surplus.
(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.
(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $21 million and $28 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.
Variable interest entities
In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).
71
Table of contents
Commitments to extend credit or funding
Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2022, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”
Other off-balance sheet arrangements
Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”
Guarantees
We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”
Risk Management
Overview
Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.
Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and
72
Table of contents
conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.
73
Table of contents
| Group | Overview and Responsibilities | Activities |
|---|---|---|
| Board of Directors | –Oversight capacity–Ensure Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is not only effective and balanced, but also has a fiduciary duty to the shareholders | –Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and ensures accountability |
| Board of Directors Audit Committee (a) | –Oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk | –Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases |
| Board of Directors Risk Committee (a) | –Assist the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assist the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions | –Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories |
| ERM Committee | –Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company | –Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks |
| Disclosure Committee | –Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC | –Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K |
| Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees | –Include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls | –Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments |
| Chief Risk Officer | –Ensure that relevant risk information is properly integrated into strategic and business decisions–Ensure appropriate ownership of risks | –Provides input into performance and compensation decisions–Assesses aggregate enterprise risk–Monitors capabilities to manage critical risks–Executes appropriate Board and stakeholder reporting |
(a) The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.
Market risk management
Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.
74
Table of contents
Trading market risk
Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2022, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.
Management of trading market risks. Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk reports prepared by our MRM that contain our market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ERM Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval.
The MRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. The MRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. The MRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.
Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. The MRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2022, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. The MRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.
Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.
•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.
•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.
VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. The MRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR
75
Table of contents
on a daily basis, and the results are distributed to appropriate management. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.
We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. We analyze market risk by portfolios and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. Historical scenarios are customized for specific positions, and numerous risk factors are incorporated in the calculation. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.
The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.
Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR on any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021. The MRM back tests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Back testing exceptions occur when trading losses exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.
The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.1 million at December 31, 2022, and $1.0 million at December 31, 2021. Figure 22 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.
Figure 22. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 1.1 | $ | .4 | $ | .7 | $ | .4 | $ | 1.5 | $ | .8 | $ | 1.2 | $ | .9 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .7 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .6 | $ | .2 | $ | .1 | $ | .1 | $ | .1 |
Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $1.9 million at December 31, 2022, and $4.3 million at December 31, 2021. Figure 23 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021. The decrease in stressed VaR is due to several factors including a change in our VaR modeling and the change in the size and composition of the Fixed Income inventory.
76
Table of contents
Figure 23. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 2.4 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 1.6 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 6.5 | $ | 3.4 | $ | 5.4 | $ | 3.6 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .7 | $ | .2 | $ | .3 | $ | .6 | $ | .6 | $ | .3 | $ | .3 | $ | .5 |
Internal capital adequacy assessment. Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $13 million at December 31, 2022, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by the MRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.
Nontrading market risk
Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board approved ERM policy.
Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.
•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.
•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.
•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.
•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity without a penalty. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.
The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee and the ALCO review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.
77
Table of contents
LIBOR Transition
As disclosed in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report, bank regulators have issued guidance advising against the use of LIBOR in its current form for new contracts. For most financial products, the most common alternative reference rates have been, and are expected to be, SOFR-based benchmarks. This is true for both new originations and legacy LIBOR contracts that are subject to amendment or a transition by their terms. We have established an enterprise-wide program to identify and address all LIBOR transition issues related to legacy LIBOR contracts. We are collaborating closely with regulators and industry groups on the transition and closely monitoring industry practices related to LIBOR alternatives. The goals of our LIBOR transition program include:
•Identifying and analyzing LIBOR-based exposure and developing and executing transition strategies;
•Reviewing and updating near-term strategies and actions for our LIBOR-based business currently being written;
•Assessing financial impacts and risks while planning and executing mitigation actions;
•Understanding and strategically addressing the current market approach to LIBOR relative to transitioning to alternative reference rates, including the impact of the LIBOR Act and the Federal Reserve’s regulations as well as the FCA’s policy decisions related to so-called synthetic USD LIBOR;
•Determining and executing system and process work to be operationally ready for credit sensitive benchmarks; and
•Remediating remaining LIBOR contracts.
As part of the LIBOR transition program, we completed an initial risk assessment to help us identify the impact and risks associated with various products, systems, processes, and models. This risk assessment has assisted us in making necessary updates to our infrastructure and operational systems and processes to implement a replacement rate, and we are operationally ready for various SOFR-based benchmarks, including but not limited to, Daily Simple SOFR in Arrears, SOFR Compounded in Arrears, SOFR Averages in Advance, and Term SOFR. We are actively quoting alternative indexes other than LIBOR, such as SOFR and Term SOFR, and are originating new loans in those indexes. We have also originated a small number of new loans using credit sensitive rates in a limited and managed fashion.
We have compiled an inventory of existing legal contracts that are impacted by the LIBOR transition. We have assessed the LIBOR fallback language in those contracts, have devised a strategy to address the LIBOR transition for those contracts, and are in the process of remediating such contracts. Our progress is well-paced. We expect to leverage recommendations made by the ARRC and ISDA that are tailored to our specific client segments. We also have evaluated the impact of the LIBOR Act on our transition strategy. The legislation provides a uniform national approach for replacing LIBOR in legacy contracts that do not provide for the use of a clearly defined or practicable replacement benchmark rate.
As of December 31, 2022, Key had the following instruments that were dependent on LIBOR:
Figure 24. Amounts Directly or Indirectly Dependent upon LIBOR
| Dollars in millions | Maturity through June 30, 2023 | Maturity past June 30, 2023 | Total Exposures | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Outstanding balance of loans | $ | 2,345 | $ | 15,659 | $ | 18,004 | ||
| Notional value of derivative contracts | 9,519 | 67,656 | 77,175 | |||||
| Investment securities | — | 535 | 535 | |||||
| Debt and equity instruments | — | 1,276 | 1,276 |
Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease from current levels over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).
Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was moderate. The exposure to declining rates has decreased as a result of the change in balance sheet mix compared to the December 31, 2021 analysis.
78
Table of contents
Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board approved tolerances. If a tolerance level is breached and determined inconsistent with risk appetite, the development of a remediation plan is required to reduce exposure back to within tolerance.
Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income
| December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Basis point change assumption | -200 | +200 | -200 | +200 | ||||
| Assumed floor in market rates (in basis points) | — | N/A | — | N/A | ||||
| Rising rate beta | N/A | Mid 40s | N/A | High 20s | ||||
| Tolerance level | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % | (5.50) | % |
| Interest rate risk assessment | (1.66) | % | (2.61) | % | (3.86) | % | 5.15 | % |
| +200 NII at risk beta sensitivity | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
| Beta assumption | Mid 40s | Low 40s | Mid 30s | Low 30s | ||||
| Interest rate risk assessment | (2.61) | % | (1.60) | % | (0.59) | % | 0.42 | % |
Simulation analysis produces a sophisticated estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumptions inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.
Regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.
The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the benefit to rising rates would decrease by approximately 25 basis points. If the interest-bearing liquid deposit beta assumption increases or decreases by 5% (e.g., 40% to 45%), then the benefit to rising rates would decrease or increase by approximately 99 basis points.
The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.
Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.
Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +200 basis point/policy decline scenario. The policy decline scenario is equal to the current Fed Target Rate
79
Table of contents
capped at 200 basis points. As of December 31, 2022, the policy decline scenario is minus 200 basis points. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2022.
Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.
Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).
Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy
| December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Weighted-Average | December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | Notional Amount | Fair Value | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | Notional Amount | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional A/LM (a) | $ | 28,450 | $ | (1,503) | 2.2 | 1.4 | % | 4.3 | % | $ | 23,950 | $ | 9 | |||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt | 10,995 | (551) | 4.1 | 2.2 | 4.2 | 7,432 | 137 | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward A/LM | 1,300 | (8) | 3.9 | 3.4 | 4.5 | 850 | (1) | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt | 50 | 1 | 5.5 | 3.7 | 3.6 | 50 | (7) | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — forward securities | — | — | — | — | — | 6,280 | 135 | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — securities | 405 | 48 | 4.5 | 3.4 | 0.7 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Total portfolio swaps | $ | 41,200 | $ | (2,013) | (c) | 2.8 | 1.7 | % | 4.2 | % | $ | 38,562 | $ | 273 | (c) |
(a)Portfolio swaps designated as A/LM are used to manage interest rate risk tied to both assets and liabilities.
(b)Conventional A/LM floors do not have a stated receive rate or pay rate and are given a strike price on the option.
(c)Excludes accrued interest of $62 million and $108 million at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.
Governance structure
We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on an integrated basis. This approach considers the unique funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions. The approach also recognizes that adverse market conditions or other events that could negatively affect the availability or cost of liquidity will affect the access of all affiliates to sufficient wholesale funding.
The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within the MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.
These committees regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity
80
Table of contents
pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we also communicate with individuals inside and outside of the company on a daily basis.
Factors affecting liquidity
Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our public credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.
Our credit ratings at December 31, 2022, are shown in Figure 27. We believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors.
Figure 27. Credit Ratings
| December 31, 2022 | Short-Term Borrowings | Long-Term Deposits(a) | Senior Long-Term Debt | Subordinated Long-Term Debt | Capital Securities | Preferred Stock |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| KEYCORP (THE PARENT COMPANY) | ||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | A-2 | N/A | BBB+ | BBB | BB+ | BB+ |
| Moody’s | P-2 | N/A | Baa1 | Baa1 | Baa2 | Baa3 |
| Fitch | F1 | N/A | A- | N/A | BB+ | BB+ |
| DBRS | R-1 (low) | N/A | A | A (low) | A (low) | BBB |
| KEYBANK | ||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | A-2 | N/A | A- | BBB+ | N/A | N/A |
| Moody’s | P-2 | P-1/A1 | A3 | Baa1 | N/A | N/A |
| Fitch | F1 | F1/A | A- | BBB+ | N/A | N/A |
| DBRS | R-1 (middle) | A (high) | A (high) | A | N/A | N/A |
(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F1 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.
Managing liquidity risk
Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at anytime, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under a stressed environment. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.
We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test for both KeyCorp and KeyBank. In a “heightened monitoring mode,” we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.
Our primary sources of funding for KeyBank include customer deposits, wholesale funding, and liquid assets. We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. The liquid asset portfolio at December 31, 2022, totaled $35.5 billion, consisting of $33.2 billion of unpledged securities, $10 million of securities available for secured funding at the FHLB, and $2.4 billion of net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account. The liquid asset portfolio can fluctuate due to excess liquidity, heightened risk, changes in market value, or prefunding of expected outflows, such as debt maturities. Additionally, as of December 31, 2022, our unused borrowing capacity secured by loan collateral was $33.8 billion at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and $6.7 billion at the FHLB of Cincinnati. In 2022, Key’s outstanding FHLB of Cincinnati advances increased by $10.7 billion due to an increase in borrowings.
81
Table of contents
Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.
Long-term liquidity strategy
Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is 90-100% (at December 31, 2022, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 84.7%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.
Liquidity programs
We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.
On August 8, 2022, KeyBank issued two notes under the bank note program: $1.25 billion of 4.15% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due August 8, 2025, and $750 million of 4.90% Fixed Rate Subordinated Bank Notes due August 8, 2032. On November 15, 2022,under the bank note program, KeyBank issued $1.0 billion of 5.85% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due November 15, 2027. Accordingly, at December 31, 2022, there was $17.0 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.
On January 26, 2023, KeyBank issued $500 million of 4.70% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2026 and $1 billion of 5.00% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2033.
Liquidity for KeyCorp
The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.
We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2022, KeyCorp held $3.2 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.
Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2022, KeyBank paid $475 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2022, KeyBank paid $75 million cash dividends to KeyCorp. At January 1, 2023, KeyBank had regulatory capacity to pay $2.3 billion in dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.
On May 23, 2022, KeyCorp issued $600 million of 3.878% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Notes due May 23, 2025 and $750 million of 4.789% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Notes due June 1, 2033. The fixed rate periods for each
82
Table of contents
issuance are effective through May 23, 2024, and June 1, 2032, respectively. Additionally, on August 24, 2022, KeyCorp issued $600 million of 6.2% fixed rate reset perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock.
Our liquidity position and recent activity
Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has decreased primarily due to a reduction in Key's cash position and unencumbered securities portfolio. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.
From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or Common Shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.
Credit risk management
Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.
Credit policy, approval, and evaluation
We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.
Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.
Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.
We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.
83
Table of contents
Allowance for loan and lease losses
We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, and as such, an expected credit loss methodology, specifically current expected credit losses for the remaining life of our loans and leases, will be used to estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).
As shown in Figure 28, our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $276 million, or 26.0%, from December 31, 2021. The commercial ALLL increased by $176 million, or 25.6%, from December 31, 2021, driven by changes in the economic outlook as the impact from higher interest rates dampened overall growth expectations, including lower commercial real estate values, combined with strong growth in the portfolio. The consumer ALLL increased $100 million, or 26.8%, from December 31, 2021, driven by changes in the economic forecasts including higher interest rates, lower home price values and growth in the portfolio.
Figure 28. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
| 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 601 | 45.0 | % | 50.0 | % | $ | 445 | 41.9 | % | 49.6 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 203 | 15.2 | 13.7 | 182 | 17.2 | 13.9 | |||||||||
| Construction | 28 | 2.1 | 2.1 | 29 | 2.7 | 2.0 | |||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 231 | 17.3 | 15.8 | 211 | 19.9 | 15.9 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 32 | 2.4 | 3.3 | 32 | 3.0 | 4.0 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 864 | 64.7 | 69.1 | 688 | 64.8 | 69.5 | |||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 196 | 14.7 | 17.9 | 95 | 9.0 | 15.5 | |||||||||
| Home equity loans | 98 | 7.3 | 6.6 | 110 | 10.4 | 8.3 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 111 | 8.3 | 5.4 | 105 | 9.9 | 5.6 | |||||||||
| Credit cards | 66 | 4.9 | .9 | 61 | 5.7 | 1.0 | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 2 | .1 | .1 | 2 | .2 | .1 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 473 | 35.3 | 30.9 | 373 | 35.2 | 30.5 | |||||||||
| Total loans (a) | $ | 1,337 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,061 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $21 million at December 31, 2022, and $28 million at December 31, 2021.
Net loan charge-offs
Figure 29 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 31. Figure 30 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.
84
Table of contents
Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs decreased $23 million. In 2023, we expect net loan charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 25 to 30 basis points.
Figure 29. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2022 | 2021 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 103 | $ | 91 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 18 | 31 | |||
| Real estate — construction | (1) | — | |||
| Commercial lease financing(a) | (2) | (1) | |||
| Total commercial loans | 118 | 121 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage(a) | (7) | (5) | |||
| Home equity loans | (2) | 4 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 26 | 21 | |||
| Credit cards | 24 | 19 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 2 | 24 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 43 | 63 | |||
| Total net loan charge-offs | $ | 161 | $ | 184 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average loans | .14 | % | .18 | % | |
| Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business | $ | 4 | $ | 2 |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31, | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | 0.19 | % | 0.18 | % |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 0.12 | 0.24 | ||
| Real estate — construction | (0.04) | — | ||
| Commercial lease financing(a) | (0.05) | (0.02) | ||
| Total commercial loans | 0.15 | 0.17 | ||
| Real estate — residential mortgage(a) | (0.04) | (0.04) | ||
| Home equity loans | (0.02) | 0.04 | ||
| Consumer direct loans | 0.40 | 0.41 | ||
| Credit cards | 2.50 | 2.05 | ||
| Consumer indirect loans | 3.23 | 0.85 | ||
| Total consumer loans | 0.12 | 0.21 | ||
| Total net loan charge-offs | 0.14 | % | 0.18 | % |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
85
Table of contents
Figure 31. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | 2022 | 2021 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Average loans outstanding | $ | 111,302 | $ | 100,269 | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period | $ | 1,061 | $ | 1,626 | |
| Loans charged off: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 153 | $ | 174 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 23 | 40 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 23 | 40 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 2 | 6 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 178 | 220 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | (2) | (2) | |||
| Home equity loans | 1 | 9 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 34 | 29 | |||
| Credit cards | 30 | 27 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 4 | 39 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 67 | 102 | |||
| Total loans charged off | 245 | 322 | |||
| Recoveries: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | 50 | 83 | |||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 5 | 9 | |||
| Real estate — construction | 1 | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 6 | 9 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 4 | 7 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 60 | 99 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 5 | 3 | |||
| Home equity loans | 3 | 5 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 8 | 8 | |||
| Credit cards | 6 | 8 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 2 | 15 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 24 | 39 | |||
| Total recoveries | 84 | 138 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | (161) | (184) | |||
| Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses | 437 | (381) | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year | $ | 1,337 | $ | 1,061 | |
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year | 160 | 197 | |||
| Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments | 65 | (37) | |||
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c) | $ | 225 | $ | 160 | |
| Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year | $ | 1,562 | $ | 1,221 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average total loans | .14 | % | .18 | % | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans | 1.12 | 1.04 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans | 1.31 | 1.20 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans | 345.5 | 233.7 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans | 403.6 | 268.9 | |||
| Discontinued operations — education lending business: | |||||
| Loans charged off | $ | 6 | $ | 4 | |
| Recoveries | 2 | 2 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | $ | (4) | $ | (2) |
(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.
Nonperforming assets
Figure 32 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 32, nonperforming assets decreased $69 million during 2022. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.
86
Table of contents
Figure 32. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2022 | 2021 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 174 | $ | 191 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 21 | 44 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 21 | 44 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 1 | 4 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 196 | 239 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 77 | 72 | |||
| Home equity loans | 107 | 135 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 3 | 4 | |||
| Credit cards | 3 | 3 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | 1 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 191 | 215 | |||
| Total nonperforming loans | 387 | 454 | |||
| Nonperforming loans held for sale | 20 | 24 | |||
| OREO | 13 | 8 | |||
| Other nonperforming assets | — | 3 | |||
| Total nonperforming assets | $ | 420 | $ | 489 | |
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | $ | 60 | $ | 68 | |
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 180 | 165 | |||
| Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c) | 236 | 220 | |||
| Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c) | 118 | 99 | |||
| Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business | 3 | 4 | |||
| Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans | .32 | % | .45 | % | |
| Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c) | .35 | .48 |
(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Restructured loans (i.e., TDRs) are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information on our TDRs. These concessions are made to improve the collectability of the loan and generally take the form of a reduction of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance.
Figure 33 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.
Figure 33. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations
| 2022 Quarters | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2022 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2021 | |||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period | $ | 454 | $ | 390 | $ | 429 | $ | 439 | $ | 454 | $ | 785 | |||||
| Loans placed on nonaccrual status | 398 | 113 | 80 | 118 | 87 | 614 | |||||||||||
| Charge-offs | (244) | (67) | (68) | (59) | (50) | (326) | |||||||||||
| Loans sold | (15) | (4) | (3) | (8) | — | (78) | |||||||||||
| Payments | (113) | (22) | (29) | (35) | (27) | (333) | |||||||||||
| Transfers to OREO | (5) | (1) | (1) | (2) | (1) | (5) | |||||||||||
| Loans returned to accrual status | (88) | (22) | (18) | (24) | (24) | (203) | |||||||||||
| Balance at end of period | $ | 387 | $ | 387 | $ | 390 | $ | 429 | $ | 439 | $ | 454 |
Operational and compliance risk management
Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the Internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, harm to our reputation, or foregone opportunities.
We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance
87
Table of contents
with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.
The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Risk and Audit Committees and independently supports the Risk Committee’s oversight of these controls.
FY 2021 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000091576-22-000029.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
| Page Number | |
|---|---|
| Introduction | 45 |
| Long-term financial targets | 46 |
| Corporate strategy | 47 |
| Strategic developments | 47 |
| Results of Operations | 48 |
| Earnings overview | 48 |
| Net interest income | 48 |
| Provision for credit losses | 51 |
| Noninterest income | 51 |
| Noninterest expense | 53 |
| Income taxes | 55 |
| Business Segment Results | 55 |
| Consumer Bank | 55 |
| Commercial Bank | 56 |
| Financial Condition | 58 |
| Loans and loans held for sale | 58 |
| Securities | 66 |
| Deposits and other sources of funds | 69 |
| Capital | 70 |
| Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations | 72 |
| Off-balance sheet arrangements | 72 |
| Guarantees | 73 |
| Risk Management | 73 |
| Overview | 73 |
| Market risk management | 75 |
| Liquidity risk management | 81 |
| Credit risk management | 84 |
| Operational and compliance risk management | 88 |
| GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations | 90 |
| Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates | 91 |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | 91 |
| Valuation methodologies | 92 |
| Derivatives and hedging | 95 |
| Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes | 95 |
| Accounting and reporting developments | 96 |
44
Table of contents
Introduction
This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2021 and 2020. Some tables include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections that we refer to are presented in the table of contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2019 and a comparison between the 2019 and 2020 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2020 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2021, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.
45
Table of contents
Long-term financial targets
(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “cash efficiency.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.
Positive Operating Leverage
Generate positive operating leverage and a cash efficiency ratio in the range of 54.0% to 56.0%.
Positive operating leverage was achieved for the 2021 fiscal year, and we expect to again generate positive operating leverage in 2022. Overall revenue was up 9% year-over-year with growth in both net interest income and noninterest income.
Moderate Risk Profile
Maintain a moderate risk profile by targeting a net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio in the range of .40% to .60% through a credit cycle.
Our net charge-offs to average loans ratio remains at a historically low level. We believe our strong risk management practices will allow us to continue supporting our clients, while maintaining our moderate risk profile, and will position the company to perform well through all business cycles.
Financial Return
A return on average tangible common equity in the range of 16.0% to 19.0%.
In 2021 we returned 75% of our net income to shareholders in the form of dividends and share repurchases. Our full-year dividend for 2021 was $.75, a 1.4% increase from the previous year. We remain committed to delivering value to all shareholders.
46
Table of contents
Corporate strategy
We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined in our capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our diverse and high-performing workforce. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.
•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.
•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful impact for our clients.
•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.
•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital remains a competitive advantage for us.
•Engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce to create an environment where they can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.
Strategic developments
We took the following actions during 2021 in support of our corporate strategy:
•We continued to grow profitably during 2021. We generated positive operating leverage for the eighth time in the past nine years. Revenue was up 9% year-over-year with our Investment Banking business continuing to be a consistent and sustainable growth engine. In order to enhance our strong competitive position we have continued to add senior bankers and expect future growth in 2022.
•During 2021 we completed the acquisition of AQN Strategies, a consumer-focused analytics firm, and XUP, a business-to-business focused digital payments platform that provides an integrated and seamless onboarding experience. In 2021, we also launched our national digital affinity bank, Laurel Road for Doctors, which expanded our consumer footprint nationally for a very targeted high-quality client segment. These actions highlight our commitment to acquire and expand targeted client relationships.
•Laurel Road and and our consumer mortgage business have continued to provide growth to the company as these businesses generated $16 billion in originations for the year.
•Overall, credit quality remains strong as our new loan originations in both our commercial and consumer book continue to meet our criteria for high quality loans as we continue to effectively manage risk and rewards. Our continuous focus on maintaining our risk discipline has and will continue to position us to perform well through all business cycles.
•Maintaining financial strength while driving long-term shareholder value was again a focus during 2021. At December 31, 2021, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 9.43% and 10.71%, respectively. In 2021, we completed $1.2 billion of gross Common Share repurchases primarily through the open market and an ASR program. Our full-year dividend for 2021 was $.75, which included a dividend increase in the fourth quarter of 2021.
•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce. We have been recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work. Some of these awards and
47
Table of contents
recognitions included the Human Rights Campaign naming us one of the 2021 Best Places to Work for LGBT Equality, Bloomberg listing us on the Gender-Equality Index, G.I. Jobs and Military Spouse Magazine recognizing us as a Military Friendly® and Military Friendly® Spouse Employer, and receiving the Leading Disability Employer Seal from the National Organization on Disability. We were also named to DiversityInc’s 2021 Top 50 Companies for Diversity.
Results of Operations
Earnings Overview
The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2020, to the year ended December 31, 2021 (dollars in millions):
Net interest income
One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:
•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;
•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;
•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;
•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;
•asset quality; and
•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100. Prior to 2018, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $154, an amount that, if taxed at the previous statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, would yield $100.
48
Table of contents
TE net interest income for 2021 was $4.1 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.50%, compared to TE net interest income of $4.1 billion and a net interest margin of 2.77% for the prior year. TE net interest income benefited from lower deposit costs, higher loan fees driven by PPP forgiveness, and elevated levels of liquidity as we continued to experience higher levels of deposit inflows in 2021. TE net interest income was also impacted by a lower net interest margin, the exit of the indirect auto loan portfolio, and one less day in 2021. The decline in the net interest margin reflects a change in balance sheet mix, including elevated levels of liquidity, and lower reinvestment yields. In 2022, we expect TE net interest income to be relatively stable compared to 2021 and the net interest margin to be relatively stable compared to the fourth quarter of 2021.
Average loans totaled $100.3 billion for 2021, compared to $102.7 billion in 2020. Commercial loans decreased $4.6 billion, reflecting decreased utilization versus the prior year. Consumer loans increased $2.2 billion, reflecting strength from Key's consumer mortgage business and Laurel Road, partially offset by the exit of the indirect auto loan portfolio. For 2022, we expect average loans to be up 1% to 3% compared to 2021.
Average deposits totaled $145.0 billion for 2021, an increase of $17.7 billion compared to 2020. The increase reflects growth from consumer and commercial relationships, consumer retention of stimulus payments, and higher commercial escrow deposits, partially offset by declines in certificates of deposits and other time deposits. For 2022, we expect average deposits to be up 1% to 3% compared to 2021.
Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense, and their respective yields or rates over the past five years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.
49
Table of contents
Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(h)
| Year ended December 31, | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | AverageBalance | Interest (a) | Yield/Rate (a) | Average Balance | Interest (a) | Yield/ Rate (a) | |||||||||||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans (b), (c) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (d) | $ | 50,931 | $ | 1,795 | 3.52 | % | $ | 55,145 | $ | 1,977 | 3.59 | % | $ | 47,482 | $ | 2,144 | 4.51 | % | ||||||||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 13,118 | 472 | 3.60 | 13,279 | 521 | 3.92 | 13,641 | 676 | 4.95 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 2,113 | 77 | 3.61 | 1,843 | 74 | 3.99 | 1,485 | 78 | 5.24 | |||||||||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 4,019 | 114 | 2.84 | 4,497 | 139 | 3.09 | 4,488 | 163 | 3.63 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 70,181 | 2,458 | 3.50 | 74,764 | 2,711 | 3.63 | 67,096 | 3,061 | 4.56 | |||||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 12,252 | 348 | 2.84 | 8,094 | 284 | 3.50 | 6,095 | 241 | 3.95 | |||||||||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 8,967 | 336 | 3.74 | 9,772 | 392 | 4.01 | 10,634 | 526 | 4.95 | |||||||||||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 5,105 | 233 | 4.56 | 4,213 | 221 | 5.26 | 2,475 | 176 | 7.11 | |||||||||||||||||
| Credit cards | 925 | 94 | 10.11 | 1,001 | 107 | 10.65 | 1,100 | 127 | 11.51 | |||||||||||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 2,839 | 90 | 3.19 | 4,845 | 180 | 3.72 | 4,111 | 168 | 4.09 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 30,088 | 1,101 | 3.66 | 27,925 | 1,184 | 4.24 | 24,415 | 1,238 | 5.07 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | 100,269 | 3,559 | 3.55 | 102,689 | 3,895 | 3.79 | 91,511 | 4,299 | 4.70 | |||||||||||||||||
| Loans held for sale | 1,700 | 50 | 2.96 | 1,972 | 69 | 3.49 | 1,411 | 63 | 4.48 | |||||||||||||||||
| Securities available for sale (b), (e) | 35,765 | 546 | 1.53 | 23,742 | 484 | 2.10 | 21,362 | 537 | 2.51 | |||||||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities (b) | 7,035 | 185 | 2.63 | 8,938 | 222 | 2.49 | 10,841 | 262 | 2.41 | |||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets | 820 | 19 | 2.35 | 814 | 20 | 2.47 | 1,017 | 32 | 3.18 | |||||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | 17,529 | 28 | .16 | 9,096 | 18 | .20 | 2,876 | 61 | 2.11 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other investments (e) | 621 | 7 | 1.14 | 635 | 6 | .87 | 630 | 13 | 2.09 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total earning assets | 163,739 | 4,394 | 2.69 | 147,886 | 4,714 | 3.20 | 129,648 | 5,267 | 4.06 | |||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses | (1,340) | (1,481) | (880) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued income and other assets | 16,520 | 15,650 | 14,411 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued assets | 632 | 775 | 984 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | 179,551 | $ | 162,830 | $ | 144,163 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| LIABILITIES | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| NOW and money market deposit accounts | $ | 84,736 | 41 | .05 | $ | 75,733 | 206 | .27 | $ | 63,731 | 566 | .89 | ||||||||||||||
| Savings deposits | 6,893 | 1 | .02 | 5,252 | 2 | .04 | 4,740 | 4 | .09 | |||||||||||||||||
| Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(f) | 2,135 | 16 | .72 | 4,520 | 83 | 1.83 | 7,757 | 180 | 2.32 | |||||||||||||||||
| Other time deposits | 2,540 | 9 | .37 | 4,041 | 56 | 1.38 | 5,426 | 103 | 1.90 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | 96,304 | 67 | .07 | 89,546 | 347 | .39 | 81,654 | 853 | 1.04 | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | 239 | — | .02 | 670 | 6 | .88 | 264 | 2 | .66 | |||||||||||||||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | 770 | 8 | 1.08 | 1,452 | 12 | .85 | 730 | 17 | 2.31 | |||||||||||||||||
| Long-term debt (f), (g) | 12,391 | 221 | 1.79 | 12,578 | 286 | 2.36 | 13,062 | 454 | 3.52 | |||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities | 109,704 | 296 | .27 | 104,246 | 651 | .63 | 95,710 | 1,326 | 1.39 | |||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing deposits | 48,731 | 37,740 | 28,376 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accrued expense and other liabilities | 2,819 | 2,433 | 2,456 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Discontinued liabilities (g) | 632 | 775 | 984 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | 161,886 | 145,194 | 127,526 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity | 17,665 | 17,636 | 16,636 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interests | — | — | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total equity | 17,665 | 17,636 | 16,637 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and equity | $ | 179,551 | $ | 162,830 | $ | 144,163 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate spread (TE) | 2.42 | % | 2.57 | % | 2.67 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE) | 4,098 | 2.50 | % | 4,063 | 2.77 | % | 3,941 | 3.04 | % | |||||||||||||||||
| Less: TE adjustment (b) | 27 | 29 | 32 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income, GAAP basis | $ | 4,071 | $ | 4,034 | $ | 3,909 |
(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.
(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.
(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $134 million, $130 million, and $141 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
(e)Yield is calculated on the basis of amortized cost.
(f)Rate calculation excludes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges.
(g)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.
(h)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.
50
Table of contents
Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.
Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations
| 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | AverageVolume | Yield/ Rate | Net Change(a) | |||||
| INTEREST INCOME | ||||||||
| Loans | $ | (95) | $ | (241) | $ | (336) | ||
| Loans held for sale | (9) | (10) | (19) | |||||
| Securities available for sale | 204 | (142) | 62 | |||||
| Held-to-maturity securities | (49) | 12 | (37) | |||||
| Trading account assets | — | (1) | (1) | |||||
| Short-term investments | 14 | (4) | 10 | |||||
| Other investments | — | 1 | 1 | |||||
| Total interest income (TE) | 65 | (385) | (320) | |||||
| INTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||
| NOW and money market deposit accounts | 22 | (187) | (165) | |||||
| Savings deposits | — | (1) | (1) | |||||
| Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more) | (32) | (35) | (67) | |||||
| Other time deposits | (16) | (31) | (47) | |||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits | (26) | (254) | (280) | |||||
| Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements | (2) | (4) | (6) | |||||
| Bank notes and other short-term borrowings | (7) | 3 | (4) | |||||
| Long-term debt | (4) | (61) | (65) | |||||
| Total interest expense | (39) | (316) | (355) | |||||
| Net interest income (TE) | $ | 104 | $ | (69) | $ | 35 |
(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Provision for credit losses
Our provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $418.0 million for 2021, compared to $1.0 billion expense for 2020. The decrease in our provision for credit losses included a reserve release of $602 million and was largely driven by improvements in the economic outlook and asset quality as well as lower net charge-offs. In 2020, our provision for credit losses was impacted by the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally from the ongoing pandemic caused by COVID-19 as well as increased net loan charge-offs. In 2022 we expect net charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 20 to 30 bps.
51
Table of contents
Noninterest income
Noninterest income for 2021 was $3.2 billion, compared to $2.7 billion during 2020. Noninterest income represented 44% of total revenue for 2021 and 39% of total revenue for 2020. In 2022, we expect noninterest income to be down 1% to 3% compared to 2021.
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.
Figure 3. Noninterest Income
(a)Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.
52
Table of contents
Trust and investment services income
Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management commissions, and insurance income. For 2021, trust and investment services income increased $23 million, or 4.5% as a result of an increase in assets under management.
A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2021, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under administration of $55.8 billion, compared to $47.1 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase from 2020 to 2021 was primarily attributable to the strength of the equity markets during the year.
Figure 4. Assets Under Administration
| Year ended December 31, | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2021 | 2020 | Amount | Percent | |||||||
| Discretionary assets under management by investment type: | |||||||||||
| Equity | $ | 33,767 | $ | 27,384 | $ | 6,383 | 23.3 | % | |||
| Securities lending | — | 131 | (131) | (100.0) | |||||||
| Fixed income | 13,851 | 12,130 | 1,721 | 14.2 | |||||||
| Money market | 4,541 | 4,495 | 46 | 1.0 | |||||||
| Total discretionary assets under management | $ | 52,159 | $ | 44,140 | $ | 8,019 | 18.2 | % | |||
| Non-discretionary assets under administration | $ | 3,647 | $ | 2,946 | $ | 701 | 23.8 | % | |||
| Total | $ | 55,806 | $ | 47,086 | $ | 8,720 | 18.5 | % |
Investment banking and debt placement fees
Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity underwriting fees, financial advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2021, investment banking and debt placement fees increased $276 million, or 41.8%, from the prior year driven by growth in M&A advisory fees and debt and equity underwriting fees.
Service charges on deposit accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts increased $26 million, or 8.4%, in 2021 compared to the prior year. This increase stemmed from account analysis services and overdraft fees.
Cards and payments income
Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income, increased $47 million, or 12.8%, in 2021 compared to 2020. This increase was primarily due to increased transaction volume and spend on debit and credit card, with a slight offset from reduced prepaid card activity as customers roll off government support programs.
Other noninterest income
Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. Other noninterest income increased $170 million, or 21.1%, in 2021 compared to 2020, driven by increases in commercial loan servicing fees and corporate services income stemming from other non-yield loan and commitment fees.
Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense for 2021 was $4.4 billion, compared to $4.1 billion for 2020. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. In 2022, we expect noninterest expense to be down 1% to 3% compared to 2021.
The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.
53
Table of contents
Figure 5. Noninterest Expense
(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.
Personnel
As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $225 million, or 9.6%, in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase was driven by higher production-related incentives from our record fee production.
Figure 6. Personnel Expense
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | Change 2021 vs. 2020 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | Amount | Percent | ||||||||
| Salaries and contract labor | $ | 1,311 | $ | 1,329 | $ | (18) | (1.4) | % | |||
| Incentive and stock-based compensation (a) | 861 | 627 | 234 | 37.3 | |||||||
| Employee benefits | 388 | 350 | 38 | 10.9 | |||||||
| Severance | 1 | 30 | (29) | (96.7) | |||||||
| Total personnel expense | $ | 2,561 | $ | 2,336 | $ | 225 | 9.6 | % |
(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $2 million in 2021 and $2 million in 2020, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.
Non-personnel expense
In total, other non-personnel expense increased $95 million, or 5.4%, in 2021 compared to 2020 stemming from increased software and cloud expenses, professional service fees, and marketing spend.
54
Table of contents
Income taxes
We recorded a tax provision from continuing operations of $642 million for 2021, compared to $227 million for 2020. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 19.7% for 2021 and 14.6% for 2020. In 2022, we expect our GAAP tax rate to be approximately 20%.
In 2021, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, tax credits associated with investments in low-income housing projects and energy related projects, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).
Business Segment Results
This section summarizes the highlights and segment imperatives, market and business overview, and financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.
Consumer Bank
Segment imperatives
•Simplification and digitalization to drive growth and operating leverage
•Relationship-based strategy with a focus on financial wellness as a differentiator
•Omni-channel approach in delivering products and services
Market and business overview
As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. In an increasingly digital world focused on specialized convenience, we have made meaningful steps to meet those demands through new digital portals including the rollout of our national digital affinity bank, Laurel Road for Doctors. These platforms place us in a strong position to develop long lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Financial wellness is a core tenet of our customer relationships and we see it in three different ways: diagnose, enhance, and sustain. Our goal is to get our clients to a place where they can comfortably sustain their current financial position so we can be there for them when they are ready to grow. Clients no longer go to a branch to conduct transactions only, they go to seek advice and gain new perspectives on issues they may be facing.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $876 million in 2021, compared to $653 million in 2020, a increase of 34.2%.
•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2021 by $46 million, or 1.9%, from the prior year, related to the sale of the indirect auto portfolio, partially offset by strong consumer mortgage balance sheet growth and fees related to PPP loans.
•Average loans and leases increased in 2021 by $1.5 billion, or 4.0%, from the prior year. This was driven by growth in residential mortgage and Laurel Road, offset by the sale of the indirect auto loan portfolio.
•Average deposits increased in 2021 by $8.7 billion, or 10.9%, from the prior year. This was driven by consumer retention of stimulus payments and relationship growth.
55
Table of contents
•Provision for credit losses decreased $402 million in 2021 compared to the prior year. The provision for credit losses was a net benefit and primarily driven by lower reserve levels.
•Noninterest income increased in 2021 by $69 million, or 6.9%, from the prior year, driven by higher cards and payments income and trust and investment services income. Partially offsetting the increase was consumer mortgage income, reflecting higher balance sheet retention and lower gain on sale margins.
•Noninterest expense increased in 2021 by $128 million, or 5.7%, from the prior year, driven by higher production-related incentives and increased marketing expense related to Laurel Road.
Commercial Bank
Segment imperatives
•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities
•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients
•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets
56
Table of contents
Market and business overview
Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.
Summary of operations
•Net income attributable to Key of $1.6 billion in 2021, compared to $651 million in 2020, an increase of 152.7%.
•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2021 by $70 million, or 4.1%, from the prior year. The decrease in net interest income was primarily driven by lower average loan balances offset by fees related to PPP loans.
•Average loan and lease balances decreased $4.0 billion in 2021, or 6.2%, compared to the prior year reflecting a decline in PPP balances, partly offset by core growth in commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans.
•Average deposit balances increased $8.6 billion in 2021, or 18.2%, compared to the prior year, driven by growth in targeted relationships and higher commercial escrow deposits.
•Provision for credit losses decreased $1.0 billion in 2021 compared to the prior year. The provision for credit losses was a net benefit, driven by reduced reserve levels and lower net loan charge-offs.
•Noninterest income increased $465 million in 2021, or 30.5%, from the prior year, driven by elevated investment banking client activity and corporate services income, partially offset by lower cards and payments income.
•Noninterest expense increased by $115 million in 2021, or 6.6%, from the prior year, driven by higher production-related incentives related to strong investment banking and debt placement fees.
57
Table of contents
Financial Condition
Loans and loans held for sale
Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans
(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer direct loans, Credit cards, and Consumer indirect loans. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.
COVID-19 Hardship Relief Programs
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, beginning in March 2020 and continuing in 2021, we provided relief accommodations to our clients in the form of interest and or principal payment deferrals, waivers and adjustments of performance covenants, loan modifications, facilitation and support of government stimulus in multiple ways, and we suspended repossession, foreclosures and other default remedies to ensure our customers had adequate resources to withstand the economic disruption caused by the pandemic. All of these accommodations are and were made based upon our strong relationship focus with our clients and were consistent and in compliance with regulatory, statutory and executive rules, guidance, and requirements. While the solutions for our commercial borrowers are individually negotiated and tailored to each borrower’s specific facts and circumstances, the most commonly offered relief measures included temporary covenant waivers and/or deferrals of principal and/or interest payments for up to 90 days. We have also granted short-term loan modifications for our consumer loan customers through extensions, deferrals, and forbearance.
The following table provides a summary of portfolio loans and leases as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, that have received a payment deferral or forbearance as part of our COVID-19 hardship relief programs:
58
Table of contents
Figure 8. Loans and Leases COVID-19 Hardship Relief
| Outstanding Balance of Loans and Leases | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||
| Dollars in millions | Completed Relief | In Active Relief | Total that have Received Payment Relief | ||||||
| Commercial Loans | $ | 1,880 | $ | 19 | $ | 1,899 | |||
| Consumer Loans | 844 | 56 | 900 | ||||||
| Total Portfolio Loans and Leases | $ | 2,724 | $ | 75 | $ | 2,799 | |||
| December 31, 2020 | |||||||||
| Dollars in millions | Completed Relief | In Active Relief | Total that have Received Payment Relief | ||||||
| Commercial Loans | $ | 2,899 | $ | 181 | $ | 3,079 | |||
| Consumer Loans | 1,179 | 394 | 1,572 | ||||||
| Total Portfolio Loans and Leases | $ | 4,077 | $ | 575 | $ | 4,652 |
The total outstanding balance of commercial loans in active relief as of December 31, 2021, represented 0.02% of our commercial loan portfolio and the total outstanding balance of consumer loans in active relief as of December 31, 2021, represented 0.2% of the consumer portfolio.
Under the CARES Act as well as banking regulator interagency guidance, certain loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial distress as a result of the economic impacts created by COVID-19 may not be required to be treated as TDRs under U.S. GAAP. For COVID-19 related loan modifications which occurred from March 1, 2020, through December 31, 2021, and met the loan modification criteria under either the CARES Act or the criteria specified by the regulatory agencies or were otherwise considered to be short term in nature, we have elected to suspend TDR accounting for such loan modifications. Additionally, loans qualifying for these modifications are not required to be reported as delinquent, nonaccrual, impaired, or criticized solely as a result of a COVID-19 loan modification. Refer to Note 5 (“Asset Quality”) under the headings “TDRs” and “Nonperforming and Past Due Loans”.
For loans that receive a payment deferral or forbearance under these hardship relief programs, we continue to accrue interest and recognize interest income during the period of the deferral. Depending on the terms of each program, all or a portion of this accrued interest may be paid directly by the borrower (either during the relief period, at the end of the relief period, or at maturity of the loan) or added to the customer’s outstanding balance. For certain programs, the maturity date of the loan may also be extended by the number of payments deferred. Interest income will continue to be accrued at the original contractual interest rate unless that rate is concurrently modified upon entering the relief program (in which case, the modified rate would be used to recognize interest).
59
Table of contents
Figure 9 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past five years.
Figure 9. Composition of Loans
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | Amount | Percent of Total | Amount | Percent of Total | ||||||||||
| COMMERCIAL | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial (a) | $ | 50,525 | 49.6 | % | $ | 52,907 | 52.3 | % | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 14,244 | 13.9 | 12,687 | 12.5 | ||||||||||
| Construction | 1,996 | 2.0 | 1,987 | 2.0 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 16,240 | 15.9 | 14,674 | 14.5 | ||||||||||
| Commercial lease financing (b) | 4,071 | 4.0 | 4,399 | 4.3 | ||||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 70,836 | 69.5 | 71,980 | 71.1 | ||||||||||
| CONSUMER | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 15,756 | 15.5 | 9,298 | 9.2 | ||||||||||
| Home equity loans | 8,467 | 8.3 | 9,360 | 9.2 | ||||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 5,753 | 5.6 | 4,714 | 4.7 | ||||||||||
| Credit cards | 972 | 1.0 | 989 | 1.0 | ||||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 70 | 0.1 | 4,844 | 4.8 | ||||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 31,018 | 30.5 | 29,205 | 28.9 | ||||||||||
| Total loans (c) | $ | 101,854 | 100.0 | % | $ | 101,185 | 100.0 | % |
(a)Loan balances include $139 million and $127 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.
(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $16 million and $19 million at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).
(c)Total loans exclude loans of $567 million at December 31, 2021, and $710 million at December 31, 2020, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.
At December 31, 2021, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $101.9 billion, compared to $101.2 billion at the end of 2020. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”
Commercial loan portfolio
Commercial loans outstanding were $70.8 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $1.1 billion, or 1.6%, compared to December 31, 2020. The decrease versus the prior year reflects the impact of PPP balances, which
declined $5.1 billion in 2021 as a result of $8.0 billion of PPP loans forgiven. Excluding the impact of PPP loans,
commercial loans increased $4.0 billion, or 5.5%, reflecting core growth in commercial and industrial loans and
commercial real estate loans.
As a result of the current economic environment, our commercial loan portfolio is going through active portfolio surveillance. We are conducting ongoing portfolio reviews on our commercial loans with any risk rating migrations being closely monitored. We have centralized internal reporting on enterprise-wide relief initiatives, as well as following any potential relief initiatives that may come in the future. We have also established a pandemic watchlist and are performing ongoing reviews of commercial clients that are likely to be impacted by COVID-19. Overall, these clients represent a small portion of the overall portfolio and are diversified by type and geography. Figure 10 summarizes our commercial portfolios that are at risk of being impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.
60
Table of contents
Figure 10. Select Commercial Portfolio Focus Areas
| Dollars in millions | Outstanding as of December 31, 2021 | Percentage of total loans as of December 31, 2021 | Outstanding as of December 31, 2020 | Percentage of total loans as of December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consumer behavior (a) | $ | 5,337 | 5.2 | % | $ | 5,083 | 5.0 | % | ||||||
| Education | 1,596 | 1.6 | 1,541 | 1.5 | ||||||||||
| Sports | 563 | .6 | 690 | .7 | ||||||||||
| Restaurants | 431 | .4 | 400 | .4 | ||||||||||
| Retail commercial real estate (b) | 364 | .4 | 525 | .5 | ||||||||||
| Nondurable retail (c) | 650 | .6 | 638 | .6 | ||||||||||
| Travel/Tourism (d) | 2,385 | 2.3 | 2,523 | 2.5 | ||||||||||
| Hotels | 610 | .6 | 784 | .8 | ||||||||||
| Leveraged lending (e) | 2,170 | 2.1 | 1,700 | 1.7 | ||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 1,805 | 1.8 | 1,992 | 2.0 | ||||||||||
| Upstream (reserve based) | 1,171 | 1.1 | 1,263 | 1.2 | ||||||||||
| Midstream | 374 | .4 | 468 | .5 | ||||||||||
| Downstream | 70 | .1 | 98 | .1 |
(a)Consumer behavior includes restaurants, sports, entertainment and leisure, services, education, etc.
(b)Retail commercial real estate is mainly composed of regional malls, strip centers (unanchored) and lifestyle centers.
(c)Nondurable retail includes direct lending to retailers including apparel, hobby shops, nursery garden centers, cosmetics, and gas stations with convenience stores.
(d)Travel/Tourism includes hotels, tours, and air/water/rail leasing.
(e)Leveraged lending exposures have total debt to EBITDA greater than four times or senior debt to EBITDA greater than three times and meet the purpose test (the new debt finances a buyout, acquisition, or capital distribution).
61
Table of contents
Figure 11 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.
Figure 11. Commercial Loans by Industry
| December 31, 2021 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 872 | $ | 161 | $ | 84 | $ | 1,117 | 1.6 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 1,253 | 609 | 18 | 1,880 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Business products | 1,732 | 131 | 39 | 1,902 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 3,202 | 235 | 177 | 3,614 | 5.1 | |||||||||||||
| Chemicals | 786 | 25 | 22 | 833 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 2,248 | 338 | 264 | 2,850 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,760 | 555 | 276 | 4,591 | 6.5 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 4,998 | 889 | 424 | 6,311 | 8.9 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 1,650 | 97 | 138 | 1,885 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 6,676 | 98 | 380 | 7,154 | 10.1 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 3,138 | 1,302 | 245 | 4,685 | 6.6 | |||||||||||||
| Metals and mining | 1,219 | 71 | 55 | 1,345 | 1.9 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 1,758 | 26 | 35 | 1,819 | 2.6 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,768 | 15 | 720 | 3,503 | 4.9 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 6,494 | 11,456 | 9 | 17,959 | 25.3 | |||||||||||||
| Technology | 649 | 9 | 149 | 807 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 1,288 | 134 | 551 | 1,973 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 5,491 | — | 467 | 5,958 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 543 | 89 | 18 | 650 | .9 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 50,525 | $ | 16,240 | $ | 4,071 | $ | 70,836 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | Commercial and industrial | Commercial real estate | Commercial lease financing | Total commercial loans | Percent of total | |||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | ||||||||||||||||||
| Industry classification: | ||||||||||||||||||
| Agriculture | $ | 1,002 | $ | 148 | $ | 97 | $ | 1,247 | 1.7 | % | ||||||||
| Automotive | 1,863 | 510 | 19 | 2,392 | 3.3 | |||||||||||||
| Business products | 1,523 | 117 | 45 | 1,685 | 2.3 | |||||||||||||
| Business services | 4,098 | 221 | 202 | 4,521 | 6.3 | |||||||||||||
| Chemicals | 700 | 30 | 34 | 764 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||
| Construction materials and contractors | 2,571 | 271 | 233 | 3,075 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer goods | 3,832 | 404 | 371 | 4,607 | 6.4 | |||||||||||||
| Consumer services | 6,123 | 900 | 525 | 7,548 | 10.5 | |||||||||||||
| Equipment | 1,447 | 84 | 120 | 1,651 | 2.3 | |||||||||||||
| Finance | 6,190 | 92 | 396 | 6,678 | 9.3 | |||||||||||||
| Healthcare | 4,348 | 1,396 | 306 | 6,050 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||
| Metals and mining | 1,074 | 56 | 29 | 1,159 | 1.6 | |||||||||||||
| Oil and gas | 1,928 | 43 | 62 | 2,033 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||
| Public exposure | 2,332 | 25 | 709 | 3,066 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | 5,966 | 10,187 | 11 | 16,164 | 22.5 | |||||||||||||
| Technology | 741 | 20 | 191 | 952 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||
| Transportation | 1,434 | 144 | 631 | 2,209 | 3.1 | |||||||||||||
| Utilities | 5,239 | 1 | 397 | 5,637 | 7.8 | |||||||||||||
| Other | 496 | 25 | 21 | 542 | .8 | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 52,907 | $ | 14,674 | $ | 4,399 | $ | 71,980 | 100.0 | % |
Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 51% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2021, and 52% at December 31, 2020. This portfolio is approximately 81% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.
Commercial and industrial loans totaled $50.5 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $2.4 billion, or 4.5%, compared to December 31, 2020. The decline was broad-based and spread across most industry categories,
and reflects an increase in PPP loans forgiven in 2021. Excluding the the impact of PPP loans, commercial
and industrial loans increased $2.7 billion, or 5.2%, from core portfolio growth during the second half of 2021.
Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate lending business includes both mortgage and construction loans, and is conducted through two primary sources: our 15-state banking franchise, and KeyBank Real Estate Capital, a national line of business that cultivates relationships with owners of commercial real estate located both within and beyond the branch system. Nonowner-occupied properties, generally properties for which at least 50% of the debt service is provided by rental income from nonaffiliated third parties, represented 79% of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2021. Construction loans, which provide a stream of
62
Table of contents
funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project, represented 12% of commercial real estate loans at year end.
At December 31, 2021, commercial real estate loans totaled $16.2 billion, comprised of $14.2 billion of mortgage loans and $2.0 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2020, this portfolio increased $1.6 billion driven by growth in multi-family lending. We continue to focus primarily on owners of completed and stabilized
commercial real estate in accordance with our relationship strategy.
As shown in Figure 12, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.
Figure 12. Commercial Real Estate Loans
| Geographic Region | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | West | Southwest | Central | Midwest | Southeast | Northeast | National | Total | Percent of Total | Construction | CommercialMortgage | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail properties | $ | 158 | $ | 15 | $ | 128 | $ | 210 | $ | 47 | $ | 303 | $ | 162 | $ | 1,023 | 6.3 | % | $ | 43 | $ | 980 | |||||||||
| Multifamily properties | 866 | 529 | 1,202 | 1,006 | 1,775 | 1,403 | 239 | 7,020 | 43.2 | 1,337 | 5,683 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Health facilities | 125 | 32 | 136 | 62 | 126 | 487 | 386 | 1,354 | 8.3 | 113 | 1,241 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office buildings | 266 | 1 | 238 | 137 | 141 | 487 | 47 | 1,317 | 8.1 | 41 | 1,276 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Warehouses | 80 | 29 | 67 | 51 | 219 | 232 | 140 | 818 | 5.0 | 95 | 723 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Manufacturing facilities | 7 | — | 21 | 5 | 37 | 34 | 48 | 152 | .9 | — | 152 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Hotels/Motels | 75 | — | 21 | 4 | 30 | 101 | 28 | 259 | 1.6 | 27 | 232 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Residential properties | 1 | — | — | 3 | — | 43 | — | 47 | .3 | — | 47 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land and development | 13 | 3 | 4 | 2 | 5 | 28 | — | 55 | .4 | 32 | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 112 | 21 | 6 | 79 | 74 | 197 | 301 | 790 | 4.9 | 46 | 744 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 1,703 | 630 | 1,823 | 1,559 | 2,454 | 3,315 | 1,351 | 12,835 | 79.0 | 1,734 | 11,101 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 1,065 | — | 293 | 592 | 124 | 1,331 | — | 3,405 | 21.0 | 262 | 3,143 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,768 | $ | 630 | $ | 2,116 | $ | 2,151 | $ | 2,578 | $ | 4,646 | $ | 1,351 | $ | 16,240 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,996 | $ | 14,244 | |||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | — | — | — | $ | 2 | $ | — | $ | 17 | $ | 25 | $ | 44 | N/M | — | $ | 44 | ||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | $ | 1 | — | $ | 1 | — | — | 6 | — | 8 | N/M | $ | 1 | 7 | |||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | — | — | 5 | 1 | 24 | 5 | — | 35 | N/M | 16 | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Retail properties | $ | 119 | $ | 15 | $ | 129 | $ | 122 | $ | 72 | $ | 448 | $ | 122 | $ | 1,027 | 6.8 | % | $ | 54 | $ | 973 | |||||||||
| Multifamily properties | 685 | 228 | 875 | 800 | 1,284 | 1,493 | 229 | 5,594 | 38.1 | 1,442 | 4,152 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Health facilities | 83 | 53 | 85 | 87 | 170 | 487 | 338 | 1,303 | 8.7 | 91 | 1,212 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Office buildings | 276 | — | 253 | 142 | 193 | 628 | 147 | 1,639 | 11.2 | 48 | 1,591 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Warehouses | 54 | 31 | 66 | 40 | 52 | 259 | 161 | 663 | 4.6 | 74 | 589 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Manufacturing facilities | 42 | — | 28 | 15 | 40 | 34 | 43 | 202 | 1.3 | 10 | 192 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Hotels/Motels | 76 | — | 19 | — | 12 | 107 | 91 | 305 | 2.1 | 18 | 287 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Residential properties | — | — | — | 3 | — | 53 | — | 56 | .4 | — | 56 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Land and development | 15 | 5 | — | 2 | 5 | 28 | — | 55 | .4 | 33 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | 108 | 22 | 6 | 93 | 69 | 245 | 279 | 822 | 6.4 | 65 | 757 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied | 1,458 | 354 | 1,461 | 1,304 | 1,897 | 3,782 | 1,410 | 11,666 | 80.0 | 1,835 | 9,831 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied | 870 | 4 | 275 | 499 | 63 | 1,297 | — | 3,008 | 20.0 | 152 | 2,856 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,328 | $ | 358 | $ | 1,736 | $ | 1,803 | $ | 1,960 | $ | 5,079 | $ | 1,410 | $ | 14,674 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,987 | $ | 12,687 | |||||||||
| Nonperforming loans | $ | 1 | — | — | $ | 7 | 6 | $ | 44 | $ | 44 | $ | 102 | N/M | — | $ | 102 | ||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | — | — | — | 1 | $ | — | 22 | — | 23 | N/M | $ | 1 | 22 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 3 | — | $ | — | 2 | 3 | 7 | — | 15 | N/M | — | 15 |
| West – | Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming |
|---|---|
| Southwest – | Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico |
| Central – | Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah |
| Midwest – | Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin |
| Southeast – | Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia |
| Northeast – | Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont |
| National – | Accounts in three or more regions |
63
Table of contents
Consumer loan portfolio
Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2021, totaled $31.0 billion, an increase of $1.8 billion, or 6.2%, from one year ago. Consumer loans continue to reflect strength from the consumer mortgage business and
Laurel Road, partly offset by the exit of the indirect auto loan portfolio, which reduced consumer loans by $4.7 billion.
The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank primarily within our 15-state footprint and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021, representing approximately 51% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 27% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.
We held the first lien position for approximately 71% of the Consumer Bank home equity portfolio at December 31, 2021, and 64% at December 31, 2020. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as original and updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”
Figure 13. Consumer Loans by State
| December 31, 2021 | Real estate — residential mortgage | Home equity loans | Consumer direct loans | Credit cards | Consumer indirect loans | Total | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| State | |||||||||||||||||
| New York | $ | 679 | $ | 2,467 | $ | 638 | $ | 345 | $ | 4 | $ | 4,133 | |||||
| Ohio | 2,631 | 1,284 | 485 | 206 | 8 | 4,614 | |||||||||||
| Washington | 2,264 | 1,076 | 234 | 81 | 2 | 3,657 | |||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 351 | 634 | 327 | 55 | 4 | 1,371 | |||||||||||
| California | 1,781 | 14 | 430 | 3 | 10 | 2,238 | |||||||||||
| Texas | 184 | 5 | 343 | 4 | 4 | 540 | |||||||||||
| Colorado | 2,602 | 284 | 156 | 30 | — | 3,072 | |||||||||||
| Connecticut | 837 | 319 | 96 | 26 | 2 | 1,280 | |||||||||||
| Oregon | 1,009 | 670 | 110 | 40 | 1 | 1,830 | |||||||||||
| Florida | 591 | 46 | 378 | 13 | 10 | 1,038 | |||||||||||
| Other | 2,827 | 1,668 | 2,556 | 169 | 25 | 7,245 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 15,756 | $ | 8,467 | $ | 5,753 | $ | 972 | $ | 70 | $ | 31,018 | |||||
| December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||||
| New York | $ | 1,164 | $ | 2,553 | $ | 593 | $ | 353 | $ | 731 | $ | 5,394 | |||||
| Ohio | 698 | 1,375 | 479 | 217 | 957 | 3,726 | |||||||||||
| Washington | 1,835 | 1,300 | 236 | 86 | 20 | 3,477 | |||||||||||
| Pennsylvania | 516 | 14 | 303 | 4 | 19 | 856 | |||||||||||
| California | 286 | 648 | 255 | 52 | 539 | 1,780 | |||||||||||
| Texas | 74 | 7 | 241 | 3 | 10 | 335 | |||||||||||
| Colorado | 828 | 345 | 140 | 30 | 6 | 1,349 | |||||||||||
| Connecticut | 914 | 352 | 87 | 25 | 141 | 1,519 | |||||||||||
| Oregon | 720 | 782 | 97 | 41 | 4 | 1,644 | |||||||||||
| Massachusetts | 239 | 48 | 103 | 5 | 460 | 855 | |||||||||||
| Other | 2,024 | 1,936 | 2,180 | 173 | 1,957 | 8,270 | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 9,298 | $ | 9,360 | $ | 4,714 | $ | 989 | $ | 4,844 | $ | 29,205 |
64
Table of contents
Loan sales
As shown in Figure 14, during 2021, we sold $19 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $282 million during 2021.
Figure 14 summarizes our loan sales during 2021 and 2020.
Figure 14. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)
| Dollars in millions | Commercial | CommercialReal Estate | CommercialLeaseFinancing | ResidentialReal Estate | Consumer Direct | Consumer Indirect | Total | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 296 | $ | 3,460 | $ | 93 | $ | 987 | — | — | $ | 4,836 | |||||||
| Third quarter | 215 | 1,996 | 68 | 901 | — | $ | 3,305 | 6,485 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 1,085 | 1,907 | 75 | 1,192 | — | — | 4,259 | ||||||||||||
| First quarter | 124 | 1,930 | 156 | 1,129 | — | — | 3,339 | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,720 | $ | 9,293 | $ | 392 | $ | 4,209 | — | $ | 3,305 | $ | 18,919 | ||||||
| 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Fourth quarter | $ | 197 | $ | 2,412 | $ | 135 | $ | 1,256 | — | — | $ | 4,000 | |||||||
| Third quarter | 163 | 1,999 | 67 | 1,235 | $ | 208 | — | 3,672 | |||||||||||
| Second quarter | 82 | 2,661 | 47 | 925 | — | — | 3,715 | ||||||||||||
| First quarter | 55 | 2,022 | 81 | 546 | — | — | 2,704 | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 497 | $ | 9,094 | $ | 330 | $ | 3,962 | $ | 208 | — | $ | 14,091 |
Figure 15 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.
Figure 15. Loans Administered or Serviced
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Commercial real estate loans | $ | 444,131 | $ | 371,016 | $ | 347,186 | $ | 291,158 | $ | 238,718 | ||||
| Residential mortgage | 10,312 | 8,311 | 6,146 | 5,209 | 4,582 | |||||||||
| Education loans | 415 | 516 | 625 | 766 | 932 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 1,236 | 1,359 | 1,047 | 916 | 862 | |||||||||
| Commercial loans | 750 | 684 | 591 | 549 | 488 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct | 699 | 1,711 | 2,243 | — | — | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect | 2,714 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
| Total | $ | 460,257 | $ | 383,597 | $ | 357,838 | $ | 298,598 | $ | 245,582 |
In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $6.4 billion of the $460 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2021. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”
We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).
65
Table of contents
Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates
Figure 16 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2021.
Figure 16. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)
| December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | Within One Year | One - Five Years | Five - Fifteen Years | Over Fifteen Years | Total | |||||||||
| Commercial | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 10,810 | $ | 32,316 | $ | 7,106 | $ | 293 | $ | 50,525 | ||||
| Commercial Mortgage | 3,795 | 6,869 | 3,274 | 306 | 14,244 | |||||||||
| Real estate — construction | 975 | 773 | 56 | 192 | 1,996 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 245 | 2,433 | 1,365 | 28 | 4,071 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 15,825 | 42,391 | 11,801 | 819 | 70,836 | |||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||
| Real estate - residential mortgage | 25 | 41 | 859 | 14,831 | 15,756 | |||||||||
| Home equity loans | 16 | 272 | 2,847 | 5,332 | 8,467 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 536 | 1,120 | 2,483 | 1,614 | 5,753 | |||||||||
| Credit Cards | 972 | — | — | — | 972 | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | 59 | 10 | — | 70 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 1,550 | 1,492 | 6,199 | 21,777 | 31,018 | |||||||||
| Total loans | $ | 17,375 | $ | 43,883 | $ | 18,000 | $ | 22,596 | $ | 101,854 | ||||
| Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b) | $ | 37,663 | $ | 6,848 | $ | 10,239 | $ | 54,750 | ||||||
| Loans with predetermined interest rates (c) | 6,221 | 11,151 | 12,357 | 29,729 | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 43,884 | $ | 17,999 | $ | 22,596 | $ | 84,479 |
(a)Accrued interest of $198 million at December 31, 2021, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.
(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.
(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.
Securities
Our securities portfolio totaled $52.9 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $35.2 billion at December 31, 2020. Available-for-sale securities were $45.4 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $27.6 billion at December 31, 2020. Held-to-maturity securities were $7.5 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $7.6 billion at December 31, 2020.
As shown in Figure 17, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).
Figure 17. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer
| December 31,Dollars in millions | 2021 | 2020 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| FHLMC | $ | 10,585 | $ | 8,782 | |
| FNMA | 17,876 | 13,213 | |||
| GNMA | 12,469 | 12,109 | |||
| Total (a) | $ | 40,930 | $ | 34,104 |
(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.
66
Table of contents
Securities available for sale
The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. These mortgage securities generate interest income, serve as collateral to support certain pledging agreements, and provide liquidity value under regulatory requirements.
We periodically evaluate our securities available-for-sale portfolio in light of established A/LM objectives, changing market conditions that could affect the profitability of the portfolio, the regulatory environment, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to take steps to adjust our overall balance sheet positioning.
In addition, the size and composition of our securities available-for-sale portfolio could vary with our needs for liquidity and the extent to which we are required (or elect) to hold these assets as collateral to secure public funds and trust deposits. Although we generally use debt securities for this purpose, other assets, such as securities purchased under resale agreements or letters of credit, are used occasionally when they provide a lower cost of collateral or more favorable risk profiles.
Our investing activities continue to complement other balance sheet developments and provide for our ongoing liquidity management needs. Our actions to not reinvest the monthly security cash flows at various times served to provide the liquidity necessary to address our funding requirements. These funding requirements included ongoing loan growth and occasional debt maturities. At other times, we may make additional investments that go beyond the replacement of maturities or mortgage security cash flows as our liquidity position and/or interest rate risk management strategies may require. Lastly, our focus on investing in high quality liquid assets, including GNMA-related securities, is related to liquidity management strategies to satisfy regulatory requirements.
Figure 18 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).
67
Table of contents
Figure 18. Securities Available for Sale
| Dollars in millions | U.S. Treasury, Agencies, and Corporations | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a),(b) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Other Securities | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | |||||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | — | $ | 152 | $ | 3 | $ | 230 | — | $ | 385 | 3.57 | % | ||||||||
| After one through five years | 9,472 | 7,738 | 2,269 | 2,520 | — | 21,999 | 1.34 | ||||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | — | 12,410 | 2,641 | 4,960 | — | (c) | 20,011 | 1.48 | |||||||||||||
| After ten years | — | 819 | 209 | 1,941 | — | 2,969 | 1.53 | ||||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 9,472 | $ | 21,119 | $ | 5,122 | $ | 9,651 | — | (c) | $ | 45,364 | — | ||||||||
| Amortized cost | 9,573 | 21,430 | 5,137 | 9,753 | — | 45,893 | 1.43 | % | |||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield (b) | 0.45 | % | 1.58 | % | 1.59 | % | 2.00 | % | 0.62 | % | 1.43 | % | — | ||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 2.6 years | 6.1 years | 5.1 years | 7.7 years | 7.7 years | 5.6 years | — | ||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value | $ | 1,000 | $ | 14,273 | $ | 2,164 | $ | 10,106 | $ | 13 | $ | 27,556 | — | ||||||||
| Amortized cost | 1,000 | 14,001 | 2,094 | 9,707 | 8 | 26,810 | 2.09 | % |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
(c)Other Securities amounts total less than $1 million for both after five through ten years and total fair value.
68
Table of contents
Held-to-maturity securities
The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities that were acquired as the result of balance sheet optimization strategies, including the indirect auto portfolio transaction in the third quarter of 2021. The remaining balance is comprised of foreign bonds. Figure 19 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.
Figure 19. Held-to-Maturity Securities
| Dollars in millions | Agency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a) | Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a) | Asset-backed securities | Other Securities | Total | Weighted-Average Yield(b) | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Remaining maturity: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| One year or less | $ | 52 | $ | — | $ | 17 | $ | 3 | $ | 4 | $ | 76 | 2.67 | % | ||||||||||
| After one through five years | 1,533 | 141 | 1,463 | 2,482 | 12 | 5,631 | 2.27 | |||||||||||||||||
| After five through ten years | 611 | 23 | 1,198 | — | — | 1,832 | 2.64 | |||||||||||||||||
| After ten years | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 2,196 | $ | 164 | $ | 2,678 | $ | 2,485 | $ | 16 | $ | 7,539 | 2.37 | % | ||||||||||
| Fair value | 2,229 | 170 | 2,796 | 2,454 | 16 | 7,665 | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Weighted-average yield(b) | 2.10 | % | 2.50 | % | 2.82 | % | 2.10 | % | 2.62 | % | 2.37 | % | — | |||||||||||
| Weighted-average maturity | 3.8 years | 4.3 years | 4.6 years | 2.6 years | 2.0 years | 3.7 years | — | |||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortized cost | $ | 3,775 | $ | 271 | $ | 3,515 | 19 | $ | 15 | $ | 7,595 | 2.46 | % | |||||||||||
| Fair value | 3,899 | 285 | 3,805 | 19 | 15 | 8,023 | — |
(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.
(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.
Deposits and other sources of funds
Figure 20. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2021
Deposits are our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2021, our deposits totaled $152.6 billion, an increase of $17.3 billion, compared to December 31, 2020. The increase in deposits compared to the prior year was driven by growth from consumer and commercial relationships, including higher commercial escrow deposits, as well as growth from the retention of consumer stimulus payments and lower consumer spending.
Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $12.8 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $14.7 billion at December 31, 2020. Strong deposit growth and elevated levels of liquidity resulted in less reliance on wholesale funds in 2021.
69
Table of contents
Uninsured deposits totaled $77.6 billion and $63.9 billion at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Uninsured amounts are estimated based on the portion of account balances, including allocated interest payable amounts, in excess of FDIC insurance limits.
Figure 21 shows the maturity distribution of uninsured time deposits.
Figure 21. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts
| December 31, 2021 | Total | |
|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | ||
| Remaining maturity: | ||
| Three months or less | $ | 96 |
| After three through six months | 52 | |
| After six through twelve months | 66 | |
| After twelve months | 35 | |
| Total | $ | 249 |
Capital
The objective of management of capital is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and sufficient in size to operate within a wide range of operating environments. We have identified three primary uses of capital:
1.Investing in our businesses, supporting our clients, and loan growth;
2. Maintaining or increasing our Common Share dividend; and
3. Returning capital in the form of Common Share repurchases to our shareholders.
The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.
Dividends
Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.185 per Common Share for the first three quarters of 2021 and $.195 for the fourth quarter of 2021. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.75 per Common Share for 2021.
Common Shares outstanding
Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 30,734 holders of record at December 31, 2021. Our book value per Common Share was $16.76 based on 928.9 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2021, compared to $16.53 based on 975.8 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, our tangible book value per Common Share was $13.72, compared to $13.61 at December 31, 2020.
Figure 22 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.
70
Table of contents
Figure 22. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding
| 2021 Quarters | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| In thousands | 2021 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2020 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at beginning of period | 975,773 | 930,544 | 960,276 | 972,587 | 975,773 | 977,189 | |||||
| Open market repurchases, repurchases under an ASR program, and return of shares under employee compensation plans | (54,986) | (2,482) | (29,923) | (13,304) | (9,277) | (8,974) | |||||
| Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations) | 8,063 | 788 | 191 | 993 | 6,091 | 7,558 | |||||
| Shares outstanding at end of period | 928,850 | 928,850 | 930,544 | 960,276 | 972,587 | 975,773 |
During 2021, Common Shares outstanding decreased by 46.9 million shares, primarily driven by the execution of an ASR program, but also due to Common Share repurchases under our 2020 and 2021 capital plans. For additional information on the ASR program including total repurchases under the program, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
At December 31, 2021, we had 327.9 million treasury shares, compared to 280.9 million treasury shares at December 31, 2020. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.
Capital adequacy
Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2021. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 9.36% at December 31, 2021, compared to 10.56% at December 31, 2020. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 6.95% at December 31, 2021, compared to 7.93% at December 31, 2020. The new minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2021, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.
71
Table of contents
Figure 23 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).
Figure 23. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets
| December 31, Dollars in millions | 2021 | 2020 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 | ||||||
| Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP) | $ | 17,423 | $ | 17,981 | ||
| Less: | Preferred Stock (a) | 1,856 | 1,856 | |||
| Add: | CECL phase-in (b) | 237 | 375 | |||
| Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions | 15,804 | 16,500 | ||||
| Less: | Goodwill, net of deferred taxes | 2,571 | 2,560 | |||
| Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes | 125 | 151 | ||||
| Deferred tax assets | 1 | 1 | ||||
| Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes | (300) | 583 | ||||
| Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes | (14) | 460 | ||||
| Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes | (272) | (306) | ||||
| Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital | 13,693 | 13,051 | ||||
| TIER 1 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 13,693 | 13,051 | ||||
| Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus | 1,856 | 1,856 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 1 capital | 15,549 | 14,907 | ||||
| TIER 2 CAPITAL | ||||||
| Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus | 1,540 | 1,657 | ||||
| Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c) | 941 | 1,412 | ||||
| Less: | Deductions | — | — | |||
| Total Tier 2 capital | 2,481 | 3,069 | ||||
| Total risk-based capital | $ | 18,030 | $ | 17,976 | ||
| RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS | ||||||
| Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet | $ | 109,041 | $ | 103,604 | ||
| Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure | 33,853 | 29,240 | ||||
| Market risk-equivalent assets | 1,500 | 1,354 | ||||
| Gross risk-weighted assets | 144,394 | 134,198 | ||||
| Less: | Excess allowance for loan and lease losses | — | — | |||
| Net risk-weighted assets | $ | 144,394 | $ | 134,198 | ||
| AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 183,604 | $ | 166,771 | ||
| CAPITAL RATIOS | ||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital | 10.77 | % | 11.11 | % | ||
| Total risk-based capital | 12.49 | 13.40 | ||||
| Leverage (d) | 8.47 | 8.94 | ||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 | 9.48 | 9.73 |
(a)Net of capital surplus.
(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.
(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $28 million and $36 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.
(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.
Variable interest entities
In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).
72
Table of contents
Commitments to extend credit or funding
Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2021, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”
Other off-balance sheet arrangements
Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”
Guarantees
We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”
Risk Management
Overview
Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.
Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and
73
Table of contents
conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.
74
Table of contents
| Group | Overview and Responsibilities | Activities |
|---|---|---|
| Board of Directors | –Oversight capacity–Ensure Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is not only effective and balanced, but also has a fiduciary duty to the shareholders | –Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and ensures accountability |
| Board of Directors Audit Committee (a) | –Oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk | –Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases |
| Board of Directors Risk Committee (a) | –Assist the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assist the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions | –Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories |
| ERM Committee | –Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company | –Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks |
| Disclosure Committee | –Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC | –Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K |
| Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees | –Include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls | –Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments |
| Chief Risk Officer | –Ensure that relevant risk information is properly integrated into strategic and business decisions–Ensure appropriate ownership of risks | –Provides input into performance and compensation decisions–Assesses aggregate enterprise risk–Monitors capabilities to manage critical risks–Executes appropriate Board and stakeholder reporting |
–The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.
Market risk management
Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.
75
Table of contents
Trading market risk
Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2021, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.
Management of trading market risks. Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk reports prepared by our MRM that contain our market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and approved by the Market Risk Committee, a Tier 2 Risk Governance Committee, and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment.
The MRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. The MRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. The MRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.
Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. The MRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2021, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. The MRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.
Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.
•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.
•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.
VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. The MRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR on a daily basis, and the results are distributed to appropriate management. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.
76
Table of contents
We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. Historical scenarios are customized for specific positions, and numerous risk factors are incorporated in the calculation. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.
The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.
Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR on any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020. The MRM back tests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Back testing exceptions occur when trading losses exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.
The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.0 million at December 31, 2021, and $2.8 million at December 31, 2020. Figure 24 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.
Figure 24. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 1.5 | $ | .8 | $ | 1.2 | $ | .9 | $ | 2.9 | $ | 1.4 | $ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .2 | $ | .1 | $ | .1 | $ | .1 | $ | 1.0 | $ | .2 | $ | .5 | $ | .5 |
Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $4.3 million at December 31, 2021, and $2.8 million at December 31, 2020. Figure 25 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.
Figure 25. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Three months ended December 31, | Three months ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | High | Low | Mean | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| Trading account assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fixed income | $ | 6.5 | $ | 3.4 | $ | 5.4 | $ | 3.6 | $ | 2.9 | $ | 1.4 | $ | 2.1 | $ | 2.1 | ||||||||
| Derivatives: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate | $ | .6 | $ | .3 | $ | .3 | $ | .5 | $ | .9 | $ | .2 | $ | .5 | $ | .5 |
77
Table of contents
Internal capital adequacy assessment. Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $18 million at December 31, 2021, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by the MRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.
Nontrading market risk
Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board approved ERM policy.
Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.
•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.
•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.
•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.
•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity without a penalty. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.
The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee and the ALCO review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.
LIBOR Transition
As disclosed in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report, LIBOR in its current form will generally not be available after 2021 for new contracts and the LIBOR Administrator will cease publishing all U.S. LIBOR tenors entirely after June 30, 2023. For most products, the most likely replacement rate is expected to be SOFR, which has been recommended by the ARRC, although uncertainty remains as to whether new benchmarks may evolve and a different credit sensitive benchmark could instead become the market-accepted benchmark. The Federal Reserve and the OCC have encouraged financial institutions not to wait for the end of 2021 to make the transition away from LIBOR. We have established an enterprise wide program to identify and address all LIBOR transition issues. We
78
Table of contents
are collaborating closely with regulators and industry groups on the transition and closely monitoring developments in industry practices related to LIBOR alternatives. The goals of our LIBOR transition program are to:
•Identify and analyze LIBOR-based exposure and develop and execute transition strategies;
•Review and update near-term strategies and actions for our LIBOR-based business in response to evolving regulatory and market conditions;
•Assess financial impact and risk while planning and executing mitigation actions;
•Understand and strategically address the market approach to LIBOR leading up to December 31, 2021, and then post December 31, 2021 relative to transition to alternative reference rates;
•Determine and execute system and process work to be operationally ready for additional credit sensitive benchmarks; and
•Remediate remaining LIBOR contracts.
As part of the LIBOR transition program, we completed an initial risk assessment to help us identify the impact and risks associated with various products, systems, processes, and models. This risk assessment has assisted us in making necessary updates to our infrastructure and operational systems and processes to implement a replacement rate, and we are operationally ready for various SOFR-based benchmarks, including but not limited to, Daily Simple SOFR in Arrears, SOFR Compounded in Arrears, SOFR Averages in Advance, and Term SOFR. We are actively quoting alternative indexes other than LIBOR, such as SOFR and Term SOFR, and have begun to originate new loans in those indexes. We have also begun to originate a small number of new loans using credit sensitive rates in a limited and managed fashion.
We have compiled an inventory of existing legal contracts that are impacted by the LIBOR transition. We have assessed the LIBOR fallback language in those contracts and are devising a strategy to address the LIBOR transition for those contracts. Our progress is well-paced, especially as many of the legacy contracts will be provided additional time to remediate due to announcements by the ICE Benchmark Administration, the FCA-regulated and authorized administrator of LIBOR, that certain LIBOR tenors may continue until June 2023 for legacy contract purposes. In addition, we completed our work to address contracts with LIBOR tenors that had to transition by the end of 2021. We expect to leverage recommendations made by the ARRC and ISDA that are tailored to our specific client segments.
As of December 31, 2021, Key had the following loans, derivative contracts, and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR:
Figure 26. Amounts Directly or Indirectly Dependent upon LIBOR
| Dollars in millions | Maturity through June 30, 2023 | Maturity past June 30, 2023 | Total Exposures | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Outstanding balance of loans | $ | 12,830 | $ | 29,896 | $ | 42,726 | ||
| Notional value of derivative contracts | 28,927 | 73,701 | 102,628 | |||||
| Investment securities | — | 691 | 691 | |||||
| Debt and equity instruments | 400 | 1,276 | 1,676 |
Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).
Figure 27 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was modest. Exposure to declining rates
remains nominal given the low level of market rates in comparison to the floor utilized in the scenario. Exposure to
rising rates has was relatively stable, while exposure to declining rates increased due to higher market rates, leaving room for term rates to fall. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect
79
Table of contents
net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board approved tolerances.
Figure 27. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income
| December 31, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Basis point change assumption (short-term rates) | -200 | +200 | -200 | +200 | ||||
| Assumed floor in market rates (in basis points) | — | N/A | — | N/A | ||||
| Tolerance level | -5.50 | % | -5.50 | % | -5.50 | % | -5.50 | % |
| Interest rate risk assessment | -3.86 | % | 5.15 | % | -2.52 | % | 4.98 | % |
Simulation analysis produces a sophisticated estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumptions input into the model. We tailor certain assumptions to the specific interest rate environment and yield curve shape being modeled and validate those assumptions on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analysis due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities, and repercussions from unanticipated or unknown events.
We also perform regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different shapes of the yield curve, including steepening or flattening of the yield curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.
The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 27. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the benefit to rising rates would decrease by approximately 25 basis points. If the interest-bearing liquid deposit beta assumption increases or decreases by 5% (e.g., 40% to 45%), then the benefit to rising rates would decrease or increase by approximately 130 basis points.
Our current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.
We also conduct simulations that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a manner similar to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, we calculate exposures to changes of the EVE as discussed in the following section.
Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. The interest rate shock scenarios are equal to the current Fed Target Rate capped at 200 basis points. In the current low rate environment, the declining shock scenario is reduced with a 100 basis point minimum. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as our expectations. We develop remediation plans that would maintain residual risk within tolerance if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. We are operating within these guidelines as of December 31, 2021.
80
Table of contents
Management of interest rate exposure. We use the results of our various interest rate risk analyses to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to our objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, we manage interest rate risk positions by purchasing securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. We predominantly use interest rate swaps and options, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.
Figure 28 shows all derivative positions that we hold for A/LM purposes. The swap positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as we adjust our broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how we use interest rate swaps to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).
Figure 28. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy
| December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Weighted-Average | December 31, 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Dollars in millions | Notional Amount | Fair Value | Maturity (Years) | Receive Rate | Pay Rate | Notional Amount | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional A/LM (a) | $ | 23,950 | $ | 9 | 2.4 | 1.2 | % | 0.1 | % | $ | 21,035 | $ | 632 | |||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt | 7,432 | 137 | 3.3 | 1.6 | 0.1 | 7,787 | 415 | |||||||||||||
| Receive fixed/pay variable — forward A/LM | 850 | (1) | 2.6 | 0.8 | 0.1 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt | 50 | (7) | 6.5 | 0.1 | 3.6 | 50 | (11) | |||||||||||||
| Pay fixed/receive variable — forward securities | 6,280 | 135 | 8.9 | 1.2 | 1.1 | 2,080 | 21 | |||||||||||||
| Total portfolio swaps | $ | 38,562 | $ | 273 | (c) | 3.6 | 1.3 | 0.3 | $ | 30,952 | $ | 1,057 | (c) | |||||||
| Floors — conventional A/LM — purchased (b) | $ | — | $ | — | — | — | — | $ | 5,000 | 17 | ||||||||||
| Floors — conventional A/LM — sold (b) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Total floors | $ | — | $ | — | — | — | — | $ | 5,000 | 17 |
(a)Portfolio swaps designated as A/LM are used to manage interest rate risk tied to both assets and liabilities.
(b)Conventional A/LM floors do not have a stated receive rate or pay rate and are given a strike price on the option.
(c)Excludes accrued interest of $108 million and $145 million at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.
Governance structure
We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on an integrated basis. This approach considers the unique funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions. The approach also recognizes that adverse market conditions or other events that could negatively affect the availability or cost of liquidity will affect the access of all affiliates to sufficient wholesale funding.
The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within the MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.
These committees regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, hypothetical funding erosion stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we also communicate with individuals inside and outside of the company on a daily basis.
81
Table of contents
Factors affecting liquidity
Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our public credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics (including COVID-19), political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.
Our credit ratings at December 31, 2021, are shown in Figure 29. We believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors.
Figure 29. Credit Ratings
| December 31, 2021 | Short-Term Borrowings | Long-Term Deposits(a) | Senior Long-Term Debt | Subordinated Long-Term Debt | Capital Securities | Preferred Stock |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| KEYCORP (THE PARENT COMPANY) | ||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | A-2 | N/A | BBB+ | BBB | BB+ | BB+ |
| Moody’s | P-2 | N/A | Baa1 | Baa1 | Baa2 | Baa3 |
| Fitch | F1 | N/A | A- | BBB+ | BB+ | BB+ |
| DBRS | R-1 (low) | N/A | A | A (low) | A (low) | BBB |
| KEYBANK | ||||||
| Standard & Poor’s | A-2 | N/A | A- | BBB+ | N/A | N/A |
| Moody’s | P-2 | P-1/A1 | A3 | Baa1 | N/A | N/A |
| Fitch | F1 | F1/A | A- | BBB+ | N/A | N/A |
| DBRS | R-1 (middle) | A (high) | A (high) | A | N/A | N/A |
(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F1 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.
Managing liquidity risk
Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at anytime, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under a stressed environment. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.
We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly hypothetical funding erosion stress test for both KeyCorp and KeyBank. In a “heightened monitoring mode,” we may conduct the hypothetical funding erosion stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Erosion stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.
We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities for managing liquidity through a problem period. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. The liquid asset portfolio at December 31, 2021, totaled $46.2 billion, consisting of $35.9 billion of unpledged securities, $21 million of securities available for secured funding at the FHLB, and $10.2 billion of net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account. The liquid asset portfolio can fluctuate due to excess liquidity, heightened risk, changes in market value, or prefunding of expected outflows, such as debt maturities. Additionally, as of December 31, 2021, our unused borrowing capacity secured by loan collateral was $23.9 billion at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and $12.8 billion at the FHLB of Cincinnati. In 2021, Key’s outstanding FHLB of Cincinnati advances decreased by $3.3 million due to a decrease in borrowings.
82
Table of contents
Long-term liquidity strategy
Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is 90-100% (at December 31, 2021, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 68.9%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.
Sources of liquidity
Our primary sources of liquidity include customer deposits, wholesale funding, and liquid assets. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.
Liquidity programs
We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.
On June 16, 2021, KeyBank issued $800 million Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Bank Notes due June 14, 2024, and $400 million Floating Rate Senior Bank Notes due June 14, 2024.
Liquidity for KeyCorp
The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.
We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2021, KeyCorp held $2.3 billion in cash, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.
Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2021, KeyBank paid $1.9 billion in cash dividends to KeyCorp. At January 1, 2022, KeyBank had regulatory capacity to pay $844 million in dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.
83
Table of contents
Our liquidity position and recent activity
Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has increased as a result of the elevated level of deposits. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.
From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or Common Shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.
The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.
Credit risk management
Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.
Credit policy, approval, and evaluation
We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.
Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.
Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.
We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.
84
Table of contents
Allowance for loan and lease losses
We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, and as such, an expected credit loss methodology, specifically current expected credit losses for the remaining life of our loans and leases, will be used to estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).
As shown in Figure 30, our ALLL from continuing operations decreased by $565 million, or 34.7%, from December 31, 2020. The commercial ALLL decreased by $411 million, or 37.4%, from December 31, 2020, driven by improvements in the economic outlook as pressures from the global COVID-19 pandemic eased and asset quality improved. The consumer ALLL decreased $154 million, or 29.2%, from December 31, 2020, driven by an improved economic outlook partially offset by growth in the portfolio.
Figure 30. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
| 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31,Dollars in millions | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | TotalAllowance | Percent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowance | Percent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 445 | 41.9 | % | 49.6 | % | $ | 678 | 41.7 | % | 52.3 | % | |||
| Commercial real estate: | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage | 182 | 17.2 | 13.9 | 327 | 20.1 | 12.5 | |||||||||
| Construction | 29 | 2.7 | 2.0 | 47 | 2.9 | 2.0 | |||||||||
| Total commercial real estate loans | 211 | 19.9 | 15.9 | 374 | 23.0 | 14.5 | |||||||||
| Commercial lease financing | 32 | 3.0 | 4.0 | 47 | 2.9 | 4.3 | |||||||||
| Total commercial loans | 688 | 64.8 | 69.5 | 1,099 | 67.6 | 71.1 | |||||||||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 95 | 9.0 | 15.5 | 102 | 6.3 | 9.2 | |||||||||
| Home equity loans | 110 | 10.4 | 8.3 | 171 | 10.5 | 9.2 | |||||||||
| Consumer direct loans | 105 | 9.9 | 5.6 | 128 | 5.3 | 4.7 | |||||||||
| Credit cards | 61 | 5.7 | 1.0 | 87 | 7.9 | 1.0 | |||||||||
| Consumer indirect loans | 2 | .2 | .1 | 39 | 2.4 | 4.8 | |||||||||
| Total consumer loans | 373 | 35.2 | 30.5 | 527 | 32.4 | 28.9 | |||||||||
| Total loans (a) | $ | 1,061 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,626 | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $28 million at December 31, 2021, and $36 million at December 31, 2020,
Net loan charge-offs
Figure 31 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 33. Figure 32 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.
85
Table of contents
Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs decreased $259 million. In 2022, we expect net loan charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 20 to 30 basis points.
Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2021 | 2020 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 91 | $ | 317 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 31 | 16 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Commercial lease financing(a) | (1) | 34 | |||
| Total commercial loans | 121 | 367 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage(a) | (5) | 1 | |||
| Home equity loans | 4 | 4 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 21 | 30 | |||
| Credit cards | 19 | 31 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 24 | 10 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 63 | 76 | |||
| Total net loan charge-offs | $ | 184 | $ | 443 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average loans | .18 | % | .43 | % | |
| Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business | $ | 2 | $ | — |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
Figure 32. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31, | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | 0.18 | % | 0.57 | % |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 0.24 | 0.12 | ||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | ||
| Commercial lease financing(a) | (0.02) | 0.76 | ||
| Total commercial loans | 0.17 | 0.49 | ||
| Real estate — residential mortgage(a) | (0.04) | 0.01 | ||
| Home equity loans | 0.04 | 0.04 | ||
| Consumer direct loans | 0.41 | 0.71 | ||
| Credit cards | 2.05 | 3.10 | ||
| Consumer indirect loans | 0.85 | 0.21 | ||
| Total consumer loans | 0.21 | 0.27 | ||
| Total net loan charge-offs | 0.18 | % | 0.43 | % |
(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.
86
Table of contents
Figure 33. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations
| Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions | 2021 | 2020 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Average loans outstanding | $ | 100,269 | $ | 102,689 | |
| Allowance for loan and lease looses at the end of the prior period | $ | 1,626 | $ | 900 | |
| Cumulative effect from change in accounting principle (a) | — | 204 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period | 1,626 | 1,104 | |||
| Loans charged off: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | 174 | 351 | |||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 40 | 19 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (c) | 40 | 19 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 6 | 35 | |||
| Total commercial loans (d) | 220 | 405 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | (2) | 2 | |||
| Home equity loans | 9 | 11 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 29 | 37 | |||
| Credit cards | 27 | 39 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 39 | 28 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 102 | 117 | |||
| Total loans charged off | 322 | 522 | |||
| Recoveries: | |||||
| Commercial and industrial | 83 | 34 | |||
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 9 | 3 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (c) | 9 | 3 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 7 | 1 | |||
| Total commercial loans (d) | 99 | 38 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 3 | 1 | |||
| Home equity loans | 5 | 7 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 8 | 7 | |||
| Credit cards | 8 | 8 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 15 | 18 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 39 | 41 | |||
| Total recoveries | 138 | 79 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | (184) | (443) | |||
| Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses | (381) | 965 | |||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment | — | — | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year | $ | 1,061 | $ | 1,626 | |
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at the end of the prior period | $ | 197 | $ | 68 | |
| Liability for credit losses on contingent guarantees at the end of the prior period | — | 7 | |||
| Cumulative effect from change in accounting principle (a)(b) | — | 66 | |||
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year | 197 | 141 | |||
| Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments | (37) | 56 | |||
| Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (e) | $ | 160 | $ | 197 | |
| Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year | $ | 1,221 | $ | 1,823 | |
| Net loan charge-offs to average total loans | .18 | % | .43 | % | |
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans | 1.04 | 1.61 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans | 1.20 | 1.80 | |||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans | 233.7 | 207.1 | |||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans | 268.9 | 232.2 | |||
| Discontinued operations — education lending business: | |||||
| Loans charged off | $ | 4 | $ | 5 | |
| Recoveries | 2 | 5 | |||
| Net loan charge-offs | $ | (2) | $ | — |
(a)The cumulative effect from change in accounting principle relates to the January 1, 2020, adoption of ASC 2016-13.
(b)Excludes $4 million related to the provision for other financial assets.
(c)See Figure 12 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(d)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(e)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.
87
Table of contents
Nonperforming assets
Figure 34 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 34, nonperforming assets decreased $448 million during 2021. Along with the activity as shown in Figure 35, the decrease was also partly driven by the sale of a single large property from OREO. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.
Figure 34. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations
| December 31, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2021 | 2020 | |||
| Commercial and industrial | $ | 191 | $ | 385 | |
| Real estate — commercial mortgage | 44 | 104 | |||
| Real estate — construction | — | — | |||
| Total commercial real estate loans (a) | 44 | 104 | |||
| Commercial lease financing | 4 | 8 | |||
| Total commercial loans (b) | 239 | 497 | |||
| Real estate — residential mortgage | 72 | 110 | |||
| Home equity loans | 135 | 154 | |||
| Consumer direct loans | 4 | 5 | |||
| Credit cards | 3 | 2 | |||
| Consumer indirect loans | 1 | 17 | |||
| Total consumer loans | 215 | 288 | |||
| Total nonperforming loans | 454 | 785 | |||
| Nonperforming loans held for sale | 24 | 49 | |||
| OREO | 8 | 100 | |||
| Other nonperforming assets | 3 | 3 | |||
| Total nonperforming assets | $ | 489 | $ | 937 | |
| Accruing loans past due 90 days or more | $ | 68 | $ | 86 | |
| Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days | 165 | 241 | |||
| Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c) | 220 | 363 | |||
| Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c) | 99 | 229 | |||
| Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business | 4 | 5 | |||
| Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans | .45 | % | .78 | % | |
| Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c) | .48 | .92 |
(a)See Figure 12 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.
(b)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.
(c)Restructured loans (i.e., TDRs) are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information on our TDRs.
Figure 35 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.
Figure 35. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations
| 2021 Quarters | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Dollars in millions | 2021 | Fourth | Third | Second | First | 2020 | |||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of period | $ | 785 | $ | 554 | $ | 694 | $ | 728 | $ | 785 | $ | 577 | |||||
| Loans placed on nonaccrual status | 614 | 116 | 116 | 186 | 196 | 1,199 | |||||||||||
| Charge-offs | (326) | (51) | (66) | (74) | (135) | (521) | |||||||||||
| Loans sold | (78) | (38) | (17) | (10) | (13) | (24) | |||||||||||
| Payments | (333) | (68) | (136) | (92) | (37) | (226) | |||||||||||
| Transfers to OREO | (5) | (1) | (1) | — | (3) | (6) | |||||||||||
| Loans returned to accrual status | (203) | (58) | (36) | (44) | (65) | (214) | |||||||||||
| Balance at end of period | $ | 454 | $ | 454 | $ | 554 | $ | 694 | $ | 728 | $ | 785 |
88
Table of contents
Operational and compliance risk management
Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the Internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. This includes our compliance with lending programs established by the CARES Act, including the PPP and Main Street Lending Program. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, harm to our reputation, or foregone opportunities.
We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.
The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Risk and Audit Committees and independently supports the Risk Committee’s oversight of these controls.